You are on page 1of 181

W Bobcat

Operation & Maintenance Manual


HB Series Hydraulic Breaker
(HB280) S/N A5T500101 & Above
(HB680) S/N A00W00101 & Above
(HB880) S/N A00X00101 & Above
(HB980) S/N A00Y00101 & Above
(HB1180) S/N A01R00101 & Above

6904104enUS (03-14) (P) Printed in U.S.A. © Bobcat Company 2014


OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions

A
before operating the machine.
WARNING Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

A Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol is used for important safety


m e s s a g e s . When you see this symbol,
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid
P-90216

Never use the breaker without


instructions. See machine signs
personal injury or death. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

CORRECT

B-23299

Always instad approved lift arm Always use the seat bar and fasten Never use loader without operator
support device when servicing loader seat belt snugly. cab with ROPS and FOPS approval.
when lift arms are raised. ( f l Always keep feet on the pedáis when
>

operating loader.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

B-23293 B-23291 B-23292

A Do not use loader in atmosphere Never demolish load bearing walls. Do not undercut machine which can
with explosive dust, gas, or where cause machine to fall.
exhaust can contact flammable Keep other personnel away frorr £ ^ Check rules and regulations at your
material. work área. location.
Avoid cutting gas, electric, or other Operator and bystanders must wear
utility lines. Always use special applications kit. goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

WRONG S I S S s \G WRONG

~~£'j'j¡ * ya-

*--*^^ -

B-2329É B-23296 B-23295

VW Always carry attachment as low as


. possible.
Never leave machine with engine
~ ~ r u n n i n g or with lift arms up. A Never modify equipment or add
attachments not approved by Bobcat
Ak. Do not travel or turn with lift arms ^j^To park, engage parking brake and Company.
up. put attachment on the ground.
A Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.
S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety ítems n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and
accessories.
1. S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. S E A T BAR: When up, it must lock the loader hydraulic functions.
3. O P E R A T O R C A B ( R O P S and F O P S ) : It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
6. S P E C I A L APPLICATIONS KIT
7. G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
8. S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.
9. LIFT ARM S U P P O R T D E V I C E
10. PARKING B R A K E OSW48-0509
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions

A
before operating the machine.
WARNING Untrained operators
injury or death.
can cause

W-2001-0502

A Safety Alert Symbol: T h i s symbol is used for important safety


m e s s a g e s . When you see this symbol,
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid
Never u s e the breaker
P-90216

without
instructions. S e e machine s i g n s
personal injury or death. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT

B-23316 B-23323

Always fasten seat belt snugly. Never u s e excavator without operator A i Never exceed a 15° degree slope
cab with R O P S and T O P S approval. when operating the excavator and
Always opérate controls only from breaker.
the operator's position.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

B-23321 B-2331S B-23317

Do not use excavator in A^ Never demolish load bearing walls. J ^ D o not undercut machine which can
a t m o s p h e r e with e x p l o s i v e d u s t , c a u s e machine to fall.
g a s , or w h e r e e x h a u s t c a n c o n t a c t Keep other personnel away fron Ak C h e c k rules and regulations at your
flammable material. work área. location.
Avoid cutting g a s , e l e c t r i c , or other Operator and bystanders must wear
utility l i n e s . Always u s e special applications kit. goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

WRONG _WRONG

-23321A B-23318 B-23322

i*W Always carry attachment a s low a s i V Never leave machine with engine /k Never modify equipment or add
. possible. ~ ^ r u n n i n g or with attachment raised. ^ ^ a t t a c h m e n t s not approved by Bobcat
Ak. Do not travel or turn with attachment £k.~fo park excavator, lower attachment Company.
extended. fully and stop the engine. ,A Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.
S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Excavator must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and
accessories.
1. S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and c h e c k for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. SLEWLOCK
3. O P E R A T O R C A B ( R O P S and T O P S ) It must be on the excavator with all fasteners tight.
4. O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
6. S P E C I A L A P P L I C A T I O N S KIT
7. G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
8. S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.

OSW49-0509
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions

A
before operating the machine.
WARNING Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

A Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol is used for important safety


messages. When you see this symbol,
follow the safety messages to avoid
P-90216

Never use the breaker without


instructions. See machine signs
personal injury or death. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

\7u J B-23334 B-23333

Always fasten seat belt securely & Keep Never use loader backhoe without A^ Keep bystanders away from the
arms and legs inside operator's área. operator cab with ROPS and FOPS swing área and stabilizers.
/k Always opérate the controls from the approval. ^ k Opérate the backhoe and stabilizers
operator's position only. from the operator's área only.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

t-- fe»,

j r * * - ^ ^ : ¡ s B-23331 B-2333C B-23327

Do not use loader backhoe in ^ k Never demolish load bearing walls. ^ k . D o not undercut machine which can
atmosphere with explosive dust, cause machine to fall.
gas, or where exhaust can contact Keep other personnel away from JjL Check rules and regulations at your
flammable material. work área. location.
VV Avoid cutting gas, electric, or other Operator and bystanders must wear
utility Unes. goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

WRONG n». WRONG WRONG


i 1ii\ vK // m ¡TO

w 1 SlL.
B-2332AÍ B-23329 B-23326
^ k Always carry attachment as low as
possible. A Never leave machine with engine
running or with backhoe boom up.
Never modify equipment or add
^^attachments not approved by Bobcat
^ k Do not travel or turn with attachment
extended.
A To park, engage parking brake and
put attachment on the ground.
Company.
^ k Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.
S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader Backhoe must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about
attachments and a c c e s s o r i e s .
1. S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. OPERATOR C A B ( R O P S and F O P S ) : It must be on the loader backhoe with all fasteners tight.
3. O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
4. PARKING B R A K E : Check for correct operation.
5. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y SIGNS ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
6. P R E S S TO DRIVE S Y S T E M : Check function.
7. G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
8. S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.
9. LIFT ARM S U P P O R T D E V I C E AND/OR B A C K H O E SWING L O C K PIN
OSW50-0509
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions

A
before operating the machine.
WARNING Untrained operators
injury or death.
can cause

W-2001-0502

A
P-90216
Safety Alert Symbol: T h i s symbol is u s e d for important safety
m e s s a g e s . When you s e e this symbol, Never u s e the breaker without
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid instructions. S e e attachment safety
personal injury or death. s i g n s (decals), a n d Operation &
Maintenance Manual.

CORRECT WRONG

NA1604 NA1618

Always install approved lift arm j j * ^ Opérate only from the operator's Jk Never opérate the breaker and mini
support device when servicing mini A position at the rear of the mini loader. loader near drop offs.
loader when lift arms are raised. Am. Always keep your hands on the

A
controls.
Stay away from the tracks.

WRONG WRONG WRONG


Ms

h! f

NA1607 NA1606 "^fe^S*. NA1609

A D o not u s e mini loader in Never demolish load bearing walls. jA ü o n d e r c u t machine which c a n
o t u n

a t m o s p h e r e with e x p l o s i v e d u s t , c a u s e machine to fall.


g a s , or w h e r e e x h a u s t c a n c o n t a d VW Keep other personnel away from £ ^ C h e c k rules and regulations at your
flammable material. work área. location.
/V Avoid cutting g a s , e l e c t r i c , o r other Operator and bystanders must wear
utility l i n e s . goggles, hard hats, a n d hearing
protection.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

j A?/
NA1610 NA1603 NA1605

Always carry attachment a s low a s A Never leave machine with engine


running or with lift a r m s up.
Never modify equipment or a d d
attachments not approved by Bobcat
A
. possible.
To park, engage parking brake a n d Company.
Jk Do not travel or turn with lift a r m s
put attachment on the ground. £ ^ Never demolish ceilings or overhead
up.
structure.

S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Mini Loader must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. A s k your dealer about attachments
and accessories.

1. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.


2. LIFT A R M S U P P O R T D E V I C E : Replace if damaged.
3. PARKING B R A K E : Check function, adjust or repair if necessary.
4. R E V E R S E S T O P PANEL: C h e c k function.

OSW67-0509
CONTENTS

FOREWORD 11

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES 23

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 31

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 149

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS 179

SPECIFICATIONS 185

WARRANTY 193

ALPHABETICAL INDEX 197

R E F E R E N C E INFORMATION

Write the correct ¡nformation for YOUR Bobcat attachment in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat attachment.

Attachment Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA


P.O. Box 128 Dréve Richelle 167
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 B-1410 Waterloo
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BELGIUM

9 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


FOREWORD

This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat attachment. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT ATTACHMENT. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat
dealer. This manual may ¡Ilústrate options and accessories not installed on your Bobcat attachment.

BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED 13

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION 15

Attachment Serial Number 15

DELIVERY REPORT 16

ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION 17

FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES 19


Standard Items 19
Options And Accessories 19
Available Breaker Bits 19
Special Applications Kit For Loaders 20
Falling Object Guard Structure (FOGS) For Excavators 20
Special Applications Kit For Excavators 21

11 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED

C IKTIFICAT£ N U M A E R : F M 31613

ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products.

British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company's compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau
(France), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota.
Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations.

ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the
state of California to cause cáncer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.

13 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


S E R I A L NUMBER LOCATION Figure 3

HB280
Attachment Serial Number

Figure 1

E A R L I E R MODELS

P-72255

Always use the serial number of the breaker when


requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary
Figure 2 to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.
I LATER M O D E L S
The breaker serial number píate (Item 1) [Figure 1],
[Figure 2] or [Figure 3] is located on the frame.

Figure 4

NOTE: The breaker serial number (Item 1) [Figure 4]


is also etched into the face of the breaker
power cell between the hydraulic ports.

15 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


DELIVERY R E P O R T

Figure 5

NA7494

The delivery report [Figure 5] contains a list of items that


must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat breaker is delivered.

The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the


owner or operator and the dealer.

16 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION

SHOWN WITHOUT MOUNTING FRAME

HOUSING

COUPLERS
I P-94114

17 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)

X-CHANGE™ MOUNTING F R A M E PIN-ON MOUNTING FRAME

BREAKER
BREAKER
MOUNT
MOUNT

X-CHANGE PIN-ON
MOUNT MOUNT

P-88736
P-88735

BOB-TACH™ MOUNTING FRAME BOB-TACH / X-CHANGE MOUNTING FRAME

STEP BOB-TACH
STEP BOB-TACH MOUNT
STEP
MOUNT

X-CHANGE
BREAKER MOUNT HOSE GUIDE
MOUNT H O S E GUIDE

P-88738
P-88737

18 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S Available Breaker Bits

The breaker is equipped with the following Standard NOTE: See your Bobcat dealer for available bits for
items: your model breaker.

Figure 6
Standard Items

Breaker Cradle.

Hose Guard.

Upper and Lower Shock Absorbers.

Options And A c c e s s o r i e s

Breaker Mounting Caps.

Loader Mounting Frames.

Excavator Mounting Frames.


I ©1 ©1
Hose Kits.
© © © P-96850

Breaker Bit Identification [Figure 6].

1. In-Line Chisel Asphalt Cutter.

2. Nail Point.

3. Cross-Cut Asphalt Chisel.

4. In-Line Chisel.

5. Blunt Tool.

6. Tamping Pad.

7. Cross-Cut Chisel.

8. Moil (Conical) Point.

9. Cross-Cut Wide Chisel.

10. In-Line Asphalt Chisel.

19 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S (CONT'D) Falling Object Guard Structure (FOGS) For
Excavators
Special Applications Kit For Loaders

A WARNING
A WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Some attachment applications can c a u s e flying
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
Some attachment applications can cause flying
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
provide added operator protection in these
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
applications.
provide added operator protection in these
applications. W-2737-0508

W-2737-0508
Figure 8

Figure 7 OVERHEAD

B-25286A

Available for special applications to restrict material from The Falling Object Guard Structure (FOGS) provides
entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (1/2 in) thick additional protection from smaller objects which can fall
polycarbonate front door. top and rear Windows [Figure on the canopy or cab.
n
For the canopy or cab to meet the Falling Object Guard
See your Bobcat dealer for available special applications Structure (FOGS) (ISO 10262 - level 1), the excavator
kit for your model loader. must have the overhead guard and the Special
Applications Kit installed [Figure 8] and [Figure 9].

See your Bobcat dealer for available falling object guard


structure kit for your model excavator.

20 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S (CONT'D)

Special Applications Kit For Excavators

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
W-2737-0508

Figure 9

The Special Applications Kit [Figure 9] can be installed


when certain attachments are used on the excavator to
restrict material from entering the canopy or cab opening.

The Special Applications Kit includes an upper and lower


screen guard.

See your Bobcat dealer for available special applications


kit for your model excavator.

21 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


I
S A F E T Y AND TRAINING R E S O U R C E S

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 25
Safe Operation Is The Operator's Responsibility 25
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator 25
Use Safety Rules 26
Cali Before You Dig 26
Avoid Silica Dust 26

FIRE PREVENTION 27
Maintenance 27
Operation 27
Electrical 27
Hydraulic System 27
Fueling 27
Starting 27
Spark Arrester Exhaust System 27
Welding And Grinding 28
Fire Extinguishers 28

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES 29

ATTACHMENT SIGNS (DECALS) 30

23 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


S A F E T Y INSTRUCTIONS Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator's Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or

A
coordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely opérate a machine and the
This symbol with a warning statement means: attachment.
"Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!"
A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
Carefully read the message that follows.
Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company

A WARNING include the Delivery Report, Operation &


Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook, Safety
Manual and machine signs (decals).
Operator must have instructions before operating the • Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or rules may include an employer's work safety
death. requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving
W-2001-0502 requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a
utility line.

Have Training with Actual Operation


IMPORTANT • Operator training must consist of a demonstraron and
verbal instruction. This training is given by your
This notice identifies procedures which must be Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
followed to avoid damage to the machine. • The new operator must start in an área without
1-2019-0284
bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
opérate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work área. Always fasten seat belt
before operating.

Know the Work Conditions


• Know the weight of the materials being handled.
Avoid exceeding the machine load capacities.
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the Material which is very dense will be heavier than the
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. of load if handling dense material.
D-1002-1107

• The operator must know any prohibited uses or work


áreas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.

A WARNING • Know the location of any underground lines. Cali local


Utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the Cali Before You Dig section of this manual.
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious • Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
injury. when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
W-2044-1107 respiratory equipment, hearing protection, Special
Applications Kits or a Front Window Guard are
The Bobcat machine and attachment must be in good required for some work. See your Bobcat dealer
operating condition before use. about Bobcat safety equipment for your machine.

Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule


Decaí under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual. SI ATT-0913

25 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


S A F E T Y INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D) Cali Before You Dig

Use Safety Rules

• Read and follow instructions in the machine and the


attachment's Operation & Maintenance Manual
before operating.
A
Check for underground lines before operating
attachment (if applicable). /V¥Í\
• In addition to the design and configuration of
equipment, hazard control and accident prevention
are dependent upon the awareness, concern,
prudence and proper training of personnel involved in
the operation, transport, maintenance and storage of
Cali Before You Dig
equipment. Dial 811 (USA Only)
• Check that the Bob-Tach™ levers are in the locked
1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canadá)
position and the wedges are fully engaged into the
When you cali, you will be directed to a location in your
holes of the attachment (if applicable).
state / province, or city for information about buried lines
(telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).
• Check that the attachment is securely fastened to the
machine.
Avoid Silica Dust
Make sure all the machine controls are in the
NEUTRAL position before starting the machine.

• Opérate the attachment only from the operator's


position.

• Opérate the attachment according to the Operation &


Maintenance Manual.

• When learning to opérate the attachment, do it at a


slow rate in an área clear of bystanders.
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust.
• DO NOT permit personnel to be in the work área
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to
when operating the machine and attachment.
silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other
• The attachment must be used ONLY on approved
means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease
machines. See your Bobcat dealer for updated list of
and is known to the state of California to cause cáncer.
approved attachments for each machine model.

• DO NOT modify equipment or add attachments that


are not approved by the manufacturer.

DO NOT make any adjustments or repairs on the


machine or attachment while the engine is running.

Keep shields and guards in place. Replace if


damaged.

SI ATT-0913

26 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


FIRE PREVENTION Hydraulic System

Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage


and leakage. Never use open fíame or bare skin to check
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.

Maintenance Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel


fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
The machine and some attachments have components solvents.
that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is Fueling
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
ares or sparks.

Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed


regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No
compartment is a potential fire hazard. smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
The operator's área, engine compartment and engine
cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating. ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are fire or explosión. Consult with your fuel or fuel system
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding
cause a fire. practices.

Operation Starting
Do not use the machine where exhaust, ares, sparks or
hot components can contact flammable material, Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has
explosive dust or gases. glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosión and
injure you or bystanders.
Electrical
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control


the emission of hot partióles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. hot.
Keep the battery termináis clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loóse or
Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to
frayed.
make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging área.

SI ATT-0913

27 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


FIRE PREVENTION (CONT'D)

Welding And Grinding

Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect


the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
near the machine when welding.

Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted


parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Toxic dust or gas can be produced.

Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as


hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Repair such components in a well ventilated área away
from open flames or sparks.

Fire Extinguishers

Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are


located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Obey the recommendations on the instructions píate.

SI ATT-0913

28 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING R E S O U R C E S

The following publications are also available for your


Bobcat attachment. You can order from your Bobcat
dealer.

For the latest information on Bobcat producís and the


Bobcat Company, visit our web site at www.bobcat.com

^ Bobcat
Operation & Mainlenanco Man ual
HB Series Hydraulic Breaker

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

6904104enUS

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the


routine maintenance of the Bobcat Attachment.

Bobcat
Service Manual
HB Series Hydraulic Breaker

SERVICE
MANUAL

6904105

W.Lí,y....,v,..ii, .~rfí'
i

Complete maintenance and overhaul instructions for your


Bobcat Attachment.

SAFETY
MANUAL

#6989743

Safety Manual for operating and maintenance personnel.


See your Bobcat dealer.

29 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENT SIGNS ( D E C A L S )

Follow the instructions on all the Attachment Signs (Decals) that are on the attachment. Replace any damaged attachment
signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Attachment signs are available from your Bobcat attachment dealer.

A WARNING A WARNING
AVOID B U R N S
Ton! líít may lio no: ¡ifl*«f opnratinr).
üs« wrwn war^mt} «¡i» loo!. AVOID I N J U R Y OR D E A T H

SERVICE SCHEDULE
Operator a n d bystarulors
musí wear goggtoa. hard
b a l and noíse protection
wtion tbc breaker i s m
OMVBtfOfti

$11111
S[>*>CÍ3l Apphcíitions Kit
must b e us&a on (he c a b
w h e n ibij breaker iy
mountafl o n trie B o b - T o c h
a n d usod in applications
wherü F A L L I N G debris »S
presíjnf.

Reutí a n d urwjürsiantí the


Operaliart 8 Mainienance
m a n u a l boforc* operming
ot MNvkáng the tweaiccr.
Wear g o g g i e s when
scrvicing.

7112677 (2)

P-94116

B O B - T A C H / X - C H A N G E MOUNTING FRAME

A WARNING
DO NOT ENTER OR
EXITONTHiS SIDE.
5á==
You Coulií &l<i>. lr>l> 0* talí wiíl become
j|

6701391

P-88738

30 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INITIAL SETUP 33
Assembly 33
Hose Installation 34

DAILY INSPECTION 47
Attachment Mounting Frame 47
Bob-Tach 47
X-Change Mount 49
P¡n-On Attachment 49
Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only) 49

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS 50


Approved Loader Models And Requirements 50
Special Applications Kit 51
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance 51
Machine / Attachment Setup 52
Entering And Exiting The Loader . . . 53
Installation 54
Hydraulic Quick Couplers 65
Control Functions 66
Operation With The Loader 67
Removal 69

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS 73


Approved Excavator Models And Requirements 73
Falling Object Guard System (FOGS) 75
Falling Object Guard System (FOGS) Inspection And Maintenance 75
Special Applications Kit 75
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance 75
Entering And Exiting the Excavator 76
Installation 78
Hydraulic Quick Couplers 95
Control Functions 96
Operation With The Excavator 100
Removal 102

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH MINI LOADERS 113


Approved Mini Loader Models And Requirements 113
Entering And Leaving The Operator's Position 114
Installation 115
Hydraulic Quick Couplers 120
Control Functions 121
Operation With The Mini Loader 122
Removal 124

31 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADER BACKHOES 126
Approved Loader Backhoe Models And Requirements 126
Entering And Exiting The Loader Backhoe 127
Installation . .128
Hydraulic Quick Couplers 135
Control Functions 136
Operation With The Loader Backhoe 137
Removal 139

LIFTING THE ATTACHMENT 144


Procedure 144

TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT ON A TRAILER 146


Fastening , 146

TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT AND MACHINE ON A TRAILER 148


Loading And Fastening 148

32 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P Installing The X-Change Mounting Frame On The
Breaker
Assembly
F i g u r e 11
Installing The Bob-Tach Mounting Frame On The Breaker

F i g u r e 10

Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r the b r e a k e r (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 11].

Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r t h e b r e a k e r (Item 2) Install the X - C h a n g e m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) on t h e


[ F i g u r e 10]. b r e a k e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 11].

Install the Bob-Tach m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) o n t h e Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 11], w a s h e r s a n d
b r e a k e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 10]. nuts.

Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 10], w a s h e r s a n d N O T E : T h e bottom m o u n t i n g b o l t s will be i n s t a l l e d


nuts. with h o s e g u a r d .

Install the h o s e g u a r d . T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0


N»m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
N O T E : T h e b o t t o m m o u n t i n g b o l t s will be i n s t a l l e d
with h o s e g u a r d .

T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0


N«m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

33 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) H o s e Installation

A s s e m b l y (Cont'd) U s e the following list for t h e correct h o s e installation for


your model breaker and machine.
Installing The Pin-On Mounting Frame On The Breaker
• (See H B 2 8 0 ( W h e n U s e d O n 3 1 6 A n d 4 1 8 M o d e l
F i g u r e 12 E x c a v a t o r s ) on P a g e 35.)

• (See HB680, HB880 A n d HB980 (Earlier Model


B r e a k e r s ) o n P a g e 37.)

• ( S e e H B 8 8 0 A n d H B 9 8 0 (Later M o d e l B r e a k e r s ) o n
P a g e 38.)

• (See H B 1 1 8 0 ( W h e n U s e d O n A 3 0 0 , S 2 5 0 , S 3 0 0 ,
S330, S630, S650, T250, T300, T320, T630, T650
A n d T 8 7 0 M o d e l L o a d e r s ) o n P a g e 41.)

• (See HB1180 (When Used On 442 Model Excavator)


o n P a g e 42.)

• (See HB880, HB980 And HB1180 (When Used On


E 6 0 M o d e l E x c a v a t o r s ) (S/N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w )
o n P a g e 44.)
Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r t h e b r e a k e r (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 12]. • (See HB1180 (When Used On E80 A n d E85 Model
E x c a v a t o r s ) o n P a g e 45.)
Install the P i n - O n m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) o n t h e b r e a k e r
(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 12].

Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 12], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.

N O T E : T h e bottom m o u n t i n g b o l t s will b e i n s t a l l e d
with h o s e g u a r d .

T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0


N«m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

34 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 15

H o s e Installation (Cont'd)

HB280 (When Used On 316 And 418 Model Excavators)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed o n the breaker.

F i g u r e 13

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 15] o n the 9 0 °


e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 14].

T i g h t e n t h e h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 16

Install the fittings (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 13].

T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 14

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 16] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install the t w o 90° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 14] in the


ports.

35 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 19

H o s e Installation (Cont'd)

HB280 (When Used On 316 And 418 Model Excavators)


(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 17

Install the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1) using the three bolts,


w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 19] p r o v i d e d w i t h the
breaker.

T i g h t e n the t h r e e nuts to 3 7 0 N»m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .


P-72251

F i g u r e 20
Install the t é m a l e coupler (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 17] o n the
h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the B P p o r t .

F i g u r e 18

P-72254

T h e bolt (Item 1) a n d nut (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 20] n e e d only


to be lightly t i g h t e n e d .

R e m o v e the bolt (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 18], w a s h e r a n d nut.

36 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 23

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

HB680, HB880 And HB980 (Earlier Model Breakers)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed o n the breaker.

F i g u r e 21

Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 23] o n the h o s e


t h a t c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 23] on the


h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e BP port.

F i g u r e 24

The port marked HP (Item 1) [Figure 21] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the m a l e coupler.

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 21] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the t é m a l e coupler.

T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 22

Install the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1), the three bolts (Item 2 a n d


3) [ F i g u r e 2 4 ] , w a s h e r s a n d nuts.

T i g h t e n the t w o bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 24] to 3 7 0


N«m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 24] n e e d only to be


lightly t i g h t e n e d .

Install the t w o 90° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 22] in the


ports.

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 2) on the 90° e l b o w s (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 22].

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

37 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 26

LATER MODELS
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

HB880 And HB980 (Later Model Breakers)

T h e b r e a k e r ¡s s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed on the breaker.

N O T E : W h e n u s i n g the H B 8 8 0 or H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r s o n
A770, S630, S650, S750, S770, T630, T650,
T750 and T770 model l o a d e r s or E60
e x c a v a t o r ( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , the
b r e a k e r m u s t be e q u i p p e d with a diverter
v a l v e kit. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a v a i l a b l e
kits. P102549

Install t h e h o s e g u a r d . ( S e e Figure 24 o n P a g e 37.)


Install the straight fitting(s) (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 25] or
F i g u r e 25 [ F i g u r e 26] (if required).

Install the 4 5 ° fitting (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 25] (if required).

N O T E : If o p e r a t i n g the b r e a k e r o n a n E 6 0 e x c a v a t o r
( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , the 4 5 ° fitting (Item
2) [ F i g u r e 25] is i n s t a l l e d f a c i n g a w a y f r o m the
s t r a i g h t fitting.

T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 N«m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

38 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 29

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d ) E 6 0 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation ( E a r l i e r )

HB880 And HB980 (Later Model Breakers) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 27

F i g u r e 30

E 6 0 a n d E 6 3 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation ( L a t e r )
•i
1

F i g u r e 28

Install the h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 29] or [ F i g u r e 30] o n


the fittings.

P102549
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

Install the h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 27] or [ F i g u r e 28] on


the fittings.

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

39 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

HB880 And HB980 (Later Model Breakers) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 31

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 31] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the valve P port (breaker H P p o r t ) .

Install the t é m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 31] on the


h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e valve R port (breaker B P p o r t ) .

F i g u r e 32

E 8 0 A n d E 8 5 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation

P-88935

Install t h e m a l e quick c o u p l e r h o s e (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 32]


o n the straight fitting.

Install the f e m a l e quick coupler h o s e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 32]


o n the 4 5 ° fitting.

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

40 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 35

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

HB1180 (When Used On A300, S250, S300, S330,


S630, S650, T250, 7300, T320, T630, T650 And T870
Model Loaders)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the


breaker.

F i g u r e 33

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n t h e 9 0 ° e l b o w s (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 35].

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 36

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 33] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e m a l e coupler.

F i g u r e 34

Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 36] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 36] o n the


h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 34] will b e


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the t é m a l e coupler.

Install the t w o 9 0 ° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 33] and


[ F i g u r e 34] in the p o r t s .

41 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) HB1180 (When Used On 442 Model Excavator)

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d ) T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the


breaker.
HB1180 (When Used On A300, S250, S300, S330,
S630, S650, T250, T300, T320, T630, T650 And T870 F i g u r e 39
Model Loaders) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 37

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 39] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e s c r e w t y p e quick
coupler.
R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 37], w a s h e r s a n d
nuts. F i g u r e 40

F i g u r e 38

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 40] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e sleeve type quick
Install the hose g u a r d (Item 1) using the four bolts coupler.
p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 38]. Install the t w o 90° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 39] and
[ F i g u r e 40] in the ports.
T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 38] to
3 7 0 N»m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 38] n e e d only to b e


lightly t i g h t e n e d .

42 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 43

H o s e Installation (Cont'd) F o r Model 442 O n l y

HB1180 (When Used On 442 Model Excavator) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 41

P-65880

Install the sleeve t y p e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 43]


o n the h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e HB port.

F i g u r e 44

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 9 0 ° e l b o w s (Item 2)


[Figure 41].

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 42

F o r Model 442 O n l y

R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 44], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.

P-65881

Install the s c r e w type m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 42]


o n the h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

43 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) HB880, HB980 And HB1180 (When Used On E60 Model
Excavators) (S/N AGSZ11320 & Below)
H o s e Installation (Cont'd)
T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the
HB1180 (When Used On 442 Model Excavator) (Cont'd) breaker.

F i g u r e 45 F i g u r e 46

Install t h e h o s e g u a r d (Item 1) using t h e four bolts T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 46] will be


p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2) c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the m a l e coupler.
[ F i g u r e 45].
F i g u r e 47
T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 45] to
3 7 0 N»m (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 45] n e e d only to be


lightly t i g h t e n e d .

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 47] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the f e m a l e coupler.

Install the t w o 90° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 46] and


[ F i g u r e 47] in the p o r t s .

44 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) HB1180 (When Used On E80 And E85 Model
Excavators)
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t t h e h o s e s installed o n t h e
HB880, HB980 And HB1180 (When Used On E60 Model breaker.
Excavators) (S/N AGSZ11320 & Below) (Cont'd)
F i g u r e 50
F i g u r e 48

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 50] will be


Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 90° e l b o w s (Item 2) c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e w i t h t h e m a l e coupler.
[ F i g u r e 48].
F i g u r e 51
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 49

E60 Excavators

P-61718 T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 51] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the breaker hose with the f e m a l e coupler.

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 49] on the h o s e


Install t h e t w o 9 0 ° e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 50] and
that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.
[ F i g u r e 51] in the p o r t s .

Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 49] on t h e


h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

45 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 54

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

HB1180 (When Used On E80 And E85 Model


Excavators) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 52

R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 54], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.

F i g u r e 55

Install the two h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 90° e l b o w s (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 52].

T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 N»m (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

F i g u r e 53

E80 And E85 Excavators

Install the hose guard (Item 1) u s i n g the four bolts


p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 55].

T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 55] to


3 7 0 N»m ( 2 7 0 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
P-61718

T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 55] n e e d only to be


lightly t i g h t e n e d .
Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 53] o n the h o s e
that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 53] o n the


hose that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

46 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


DAILY I N S P E C T I O N F i g u r e 57

Attachment Mounting Frame

F i g u r e 56

P u s h d o w n on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 57] ( w e d g e s fully
e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e holes).

Inspect the B o b - T a c h w e d g e m o u n t s (Item 1), m o u n t i n g T h e levers a n d w e d g e s m u s t m o v e freely [ F i g u r e 57],


f l a n g e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 56] a n d all w e l d s o n the b r e a k e r
m o u n t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e e a c h time the b r e a k e r is F i g u r e 58
removed from the machine.

Bob-Tach

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

7
^1
A WARNING Bob-Tach wedge must contact
the lower edge of the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH attachment mounting frame
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes ihole.
in t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . Levers m u s t be
P-79780
fully d o w n a n d locked. Failure to secure w e d g e s can
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off.
W-2715-0208
T h e w e d g e s must e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s in the
attachment mounting frame, securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the Bob-Tach [ F i g u r e 58].

N O T E : If t h e w e d g e d o e s n o t c o n t a c t t h e l o w e r e d g e
of the hole, the a t t a c h m e n t will be loóse and
can c o m e off the B o b - T a c h .

Inspect the m o u n t i n g f r a m e o n the a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e the


machine's Operation & Maintenance Manual for
inspecting the B o b - T a c h ) . R e p l a c e a n y p a r t s that are
d a m a g e d , b e n t or m i s s i n g . K e e p all f a s t e n e r s tight. Look
for c r a c k e d w e l d s . C o n t a c t your B o b c a t dealer for repair
or r e p l a c e m e n t parts.

Lubrícate t h e w e d g e s . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &


M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

47 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


DAILY I N S P E C T I O N ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 61

Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

Power Bob-Tach

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n and locked. Failure to secure w e d g e s can
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off. P-79780

W-2715-0208

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


F i g u r e 59 a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e , s e c u r e l y fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 6 1 ] .
Loader Switch

N O T E : If t h e w e d g e d o e s n o t c o n t a c t t h e l o w e r e d g e
of t h e h o l e , t h e a t t a c h m e n t w i l l be l o ó s e a n d
c a n c o m e off t h e B o b - T a c h .

Inspect the m o u n t i n g f r a m e on the a t t a c h m e n t . (See the


machine's Operation & Maintenance Manual for
inspecting the B o b - T a c h ) . R e p l a c e any parts that are
d a m a g e d , b e n t or m i s s i n g . K e e p all f a s t e n e r s tight. Look
for c r a c k e d w e l d s . C o n t a c t y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for repair
or r e p l a c e m e n t p a r t s .

Lubrícate the w e d g e s . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &


M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

P-41500A

P u s h a n d hold the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S D O W N " switch


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 5 9 ] until the levers are fully e n g a g e d in
the locked position [ F i g u r e 6 0 ] ( w e d g e s fully e x t e n d e d
t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

48 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


DAILY I N S P E C T I O N (CONT'D) M a n u a l S p r i n g L o a d e d C o u p l e r (442 O n l y )

X - C h a n g e Mount F i g u r e 64

F i g u r e 62

P-65765

P-61694
Inspect t h e m a n u a l s p r i n g l o a d e d c o u p l e r a n d m o u n t for
w e a r or d a m a g e . Inspect the pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
Inspect the X - C h a n g e m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 62] a n d all 64] a n d m o u n t s (on the a t t a c h m e n t ) for w e a r or d a m a g e .
w e l d s o n the breaker m o u n t for w e a r or d a m a g e e a c h
t i m e the b r e a k e r is r e m o v e d f r o m the m a c h i n e . Repair or replace d a m a g e d parts.

Repair or replace d a m a g e d p a r t s .

Pin-On Attachment

F i g u r e 63

P-72244

Inspect the P i n - O n m o u n t for w e a r or d a m a g e . Inspect


t h e pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 63] a n d m o u n t s (on the
a t t a c h m e n t ) for w e a r or d a m a g e .

Repair or replace d a m a g e d parts.

49 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S N O T E : * W h e n u s i n g the H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r on A 7 7 0 ,
S630, S650, S750, S770, T630, T650, T750 and
Approved Loader Models A n d Requirements T 7 7 0 m o d e l l o a d e r s , the b r e a k e r must be
e q u i p p e d with a diverter v a l v e kit. S e e your
F i g u r e 65 B o b c a t d e a l e r for a v a i l a b l e k i t s .
LOADER HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R
MODEL W a r r a n t y on t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n -
680 880 980 1180
a p p r o v e d carrier. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a n
463 X u p d a t e d list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .
553 X X
A300 X X
A770 *x X
S70
S100
X
X X
A WARNING
S130 X X
N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
S150 X X
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
S160 X X b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
S175 X X a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
S185 X X a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
S205 X X W-2662-0108
S220 X X
S250 X X F i g u r e 66
S300 X X
EARLIER MODELS
S330 X X
S450 X X
S510 X X
S530 X X
S550 X X
S570 X X
S590 X X
S630 *x X
S650 *x X
S750 *x X
S770 *x X
S850 X
T110 X X LATER MODELS
T140 X X
T180 X X
T190 X X
T250 X X
T300 X X
T320 X X
T450 X X
T550 X X
T590 X X
T630 *x X
T650 *x X
P-85281
T750 *x X
T770 *x X
T870 X T h e loader m u s t be e q u i p p e d with auxiliary hydraulics
X = Approved [ F i g u r e 66].

T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 65] s h o w s the b r e a k e r models


a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h loader m o d e l .

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D ) S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit I n s p e c t i o n A n d M a i n t e n a n c e

S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit • Inspect for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . R e p l a c e ¡f r e q u i r e d .

• Pre-rinse with w a t e r to r e m o v e gritty m a t e r i a l s .

A WARNING • W a s h with a mild h o u s e h o l d d e t e r g e n t a n d warm


water.

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
• U s e a s p o n g e or soft cloth. Rinse well with w a t e r a n d
S o m e a t t a c h m e n t a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n c a u s e flying
dry with a c l e a n soft cloth or rubber s q u e e g e e .
d e b r i s or o b j e c t s to enter front, top or r e a r c a b
o p e n i n g s . Install the S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit to
• Do not use a b r a s i v e or high alkaline c l e a n e r s .
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
• Do not clean with metal b l a d e s or s c r a p e r s .
W-2737-0508

F i g u r e 67

B-25286A

Available for s p e c i a l applications to restrict material f r o m


e n t e r i n g c a b o p e n i n g s . Kit includes 12,70 m m (1/2 in)
thick p o l y c a r b o n a t e front door, t o p a n d rear W i n d o w s
[ F i g u r e 67].

S e e y o u r B o b c a t dealer for available s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s


kit for your m o d e l loader.

51 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )

Machine / Attachment Setup

Hose Guide Installation (Earlier Versión)

F i g u r e 68

Install the correct h o s e guide (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 68] o n t h e


loader.

N O T E : H o s e guide styles vary between loader


m o d e l s . H o s e g u i d e s are not i n c l u d e d with the
a t t a c h m e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
a v a i l a b l e h o s e g u i d e kits.

52 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 71

Entering And Exiting T h e Loader

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n o p e r a t i n g the m a c h i n e :
• K e e p the s e a t belt f a s t e n e d s n u g l y .
• T h e s e a t bar m u s t be l o w e r e d .
• K e e p y o u r feet o n the p e d a l c o n t r o l s or f o o t r e s t s
a n d h a n d s o n the c o n t r o l s .
W-2261-0909

Entering Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake
[ F i g u r e 71].
F i g u r e 69
Put t h e foot p e d á i s or h a n d c o n t r o l s ¡n neutral p o s i t i o n .

N O T E : K e e p your h a n d s on the steering levers and


y o u r feet o n the foot p e d á i s (or footrests)
w h i l e o p e r a t i n g the l o a d e r .

S e e t h e loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d
Operator's Handbook for detailed information on
o p e r a t i n g t h e loader.

Exiting

P-34036 L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fíat on t h e


ground.

U s e the b r e a k e r s t e p s , g r a b h a n d l e s (on c a b ) a n d t h e Stop the engine and engage the parking brake.
safety t r e a d s (on t o p of the l o a d e r lift a r m s a n d f r a m e ) to
e n t e r a n d exit t h e loader [ F i g u r e 69]. Lift t h e s e a t bar a n d m a k e s u r e t h e lift a n d tilt f u n c t i o n s
are d e a c t i v a t e d .
F i g u r e 70
R e m o v e t h e key.

Exit the loader.

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :
• L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n the
ground.
• S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• Move all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
controls until they are LOCKED or in the
N E U T R A L position.
Enter t h e loader. Fasten t h e s e a t belt a n d adjust ¡t so t h e
SEE T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N & MAINTENANCE
buckle is c e n t e r e d b e t w e e n y o u r hips [ F i g u r e 70].
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2722-0208

53 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 73

Installation

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

NOTE: The attachment mounting frame for the


a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the lower part of the f r a m e is d e s i g n e d to
r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

A WARNING B-23271

W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for


your safety. F a i l u r e to obey warnings can cause L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt t h e Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .
s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2744-0608 Drive t h e l o a d e r slowly f o r w a r d until t h e t o p e d g e of the
Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y under the top flange of the
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 73].
A l w a y s inspect the loader's B o b - T a c h a n d t h e a t t a c h m e n t
mounting frame before installation. See the loader's
N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s d o not hit the
Operation & Maintenance Manual. (See DAILY
attachment.
I N S P E C T I O N on Page 47.)

F i g u r e 74
F i g u r e 72

Pulí t h e Bob-Tach levers up until t h e y are fully raised


( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 72].

Tilt t h e B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly


Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r off the ground [Figure 74]. This will cause the
on Page 53.) a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up a g a i n s t t h e front of
the Bob-Tach.
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
L O A D E R button a n d reléase t h e p a r k i n g brake. N O T E : W h e n l e a v i n g the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t to install a n
attachment, tilt the attachment until it is
s l i g h t l y off the g r o u n d .

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d


Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)

54 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 76

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Hand Lever Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :
Frame Contact Points
• L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat on
P-94955
the g r o u n d .
• S t o p the e n g i n e .
• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e . B o t h levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n when
• R a i s e the s e a t bar. locked [ F i g u r e 76].
• M o v e all c o n t r o l s to the N E U T R A L / L O C K E D
p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d t r a c t i o n If both levers do not e n g a g e in t h e locked position, s e e
drive f u n c t i o n s a r e d e a c t i v a t e d . your B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .

T h e seat bar s y s t e m must deactivate t h e s e functions


w h e n the s e a t bar is up. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .
W-2463-1110
A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
F i g u r e 75
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
allow a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.
W-2715-0208

Figure 77

P u s h d o w n o n the Bob-Tach levers until they a r e fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 75] ( w e d g e s fully
e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


attachment mounting frame, securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 77].

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)

55 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) Figure 78

Installation (Cont'd)

Power Bob-Tach ©

A WARNING
W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for
your safety. F a i l u r e to obey warnings can cause
s e r i o u s injury o r d e a t h .
W-2744-0608
B-15993A

T h i s loader m a y be e q u i p p e d w i t h a Power B o b - T a c h .
Figure 79
Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
on Page 53.)

Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE


L O A D E R b u t t o n a n d reléase the p a r k i n g b r a k e . V——f í
^ ;§*—i—-1 a a E S J M J ^ C riBx
JO 1 vÑM n*
\' n l


/ i r !f ñ
nú iiv-u
-1E i]n
•••-\
ÍÍ
\
P-41500
\

P u s h a n d hold t h e B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S UP" switch


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 78] until t h e levers a r e fully raised
( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 7 9 ] .

56 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 82

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Power Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 80

B-15993A

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous


p r e s s u r i z e d h y d r a u l i c oil to k e e p the w e d g e s
in the engaged position and prevent
attachment disengagement. Because the
B-23271
w e d g e s c a n s l o w l y lower, the o p e r a t o r m a y
n e e d to r e a c t í v a t e the s w i t c h ( B O B - T A C H
L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach slightly f o r w a r d . " W E D G E S U P " ) to be s u r e both w e d g e s a r e
fully r a i s e d before i n s t a l l i n g the a t t a c h m e n t .
Drive the l o a d e r slowly f o r w a r d until the top e d g e of the
Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y u n d e r t h e t o p f l a n g e of the P u s h a n d hold the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S U P " switch
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 80]. (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 82] until the levers are fully raised
( w e d g e s fully raised).
N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s d o not hit the
attachment. F i g u r e 83

F i g u r e 81

P u s h a n d hpjd the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S D O W N " switch


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 82] until the levers are fully e n g a g e d in
the locked position [ F i g u r e 83] ( w e d g e s fully e x t e n d e d
B-23272
t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d slightly.

Tilt the B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly


off the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 81]. This will c a u s e the
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up a g a i n s t the front of
the B o b - T a c h .

57 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


i
O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
i

Installation ( C o n t ' d ) A WARNING


Power Bob-Tach (Cont'd)
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
F i g u r e 84
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.
W-2715-0208

F i g u r e 85

Frame Contact Points


P-94955

Both levers m u s t contact t h e f r a m e as s h o w n when


locked [ F i g u r e 84].

If both levers do not e n g a g e in the locked position, s e e


your B o b c a t dealer for m a i n t e n a n c e .
P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


attachment mounting frame, securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the Bob-Tach [ F i g u r e 85].

L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n t h e


ground.

58 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Pin-On)

Installation ( C o n t ' d ) F i g u r e 86

Power Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d
Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n P a g e 53.)

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :
• L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n
the g r o u n d .
• S t o p the e n g i n e .
• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• R a i s e the s e a t bar. Install t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 86] on t h e
• Move all c o n t r o l s to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d traction loader.
drive f u n c t i o n s a r e d e a c t i v a t e d .
Place t h e b r e a k e r o n a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 86].
T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m m u s t d e a c t i v a t e t h e s e f u n c t i o n s
w h e n the s e a t b a r i s u p . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s d o not d e a c t i v a t e . Drive t h e loader f o r w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t f r a m e
W-2463-1110
e n g a g e s the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 86].

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k F i g u r e 87


C o u p l e r s on P a g e 65.)

V
V

P-88686

Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r is slightly off


t h e g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 87].

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d


Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)

59 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Pin-On) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 88

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 89] t h r o u g h the b r e a k e r


m o u n t and X - C h a n g e .

F i g u r e 90
P-49705

Inspect the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 88] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .

A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 88].

Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 90].

60 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On)

Installation (Cont'd) Figure 92

Bob-Tach/X-Change Mounting Frame (Pin-On) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 91

Install the b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] o n t h e


loader.

Place the b r e a k e r on a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] .


Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k for Enter the loader. ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
correct procedure.) o n P a g e 53.)

R o u t e the hydraulic h o s e s t h r o u g h t h e h o s e guides (Item S t a r t the e n g i n e , p r e s s the P R E S S T O O P E R A T E


1) [ F i g u r e 9 1 ] on the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L O A D E R button a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

C o n n e c t the hose c o u p l e r s to the loader quick c o u p l e r s . Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .


( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)
Drive the loader f o r w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t f r a m e
Turn the hoses so they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . e n g a g e s the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] .

T h e h o s e s s h o u l d route smoothly through the hose


g u i d e s to the breaker.

T h e h o s e s must not c o n t a c t t h e tires or tracks.

61 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 95

Installation (Cont'd)

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 93

Install the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 95].

Tighten the bolts to 170 - 190 N v n ( 1 2 5 - 140 ft-lb)


torque. Re t o r q u e the bolts after every eight h o u r s of
P-88686
operation.

Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r is slightly off N O T E : Do not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 93]. 9 5 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d during operation.
Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)

F i g u r e 94

Install t h e píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 94].

62 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Hose Routing (Earlier Versión)

F i g u r e 96

R o u t e h o s e s t h r o u g h h o s e guide (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 9 6 ]
a n d c o n n e c t quick c o u p l e r s to the loader. ( S e e For First
T i m e Installation on P a g e 64.)

N O T E : Hose guide styles vary between loader


m o d e l s . H o s e g u i d e s are not i n c l u d e d with t h e
a t t a c h m e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
a v a i l a b l e h o s e g u i d e kits.

63 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) R o t a t e the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s a s n e e d e d so t h e
h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of
Installation ( C o n t ' d ) t h e loader or a t t a c h m e n t .

For First Time Installation With the twist(s) removed from the hydraulic hoses,
t i g h t e n the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s w h i l e
New a t t a c h m e n t s a n d n e w l o a d e r s are f a c t o r y e q u i p p e d t h e c o u p l e r s are still c o n n e c t e d to t h e loader. T h i s will
with flush face couplers. If installing an attachment h e l p hold t h e hydraulic h o s e s in position w h i l e t i g h t e n i n g .
equipped with poppet style couplers, the attachment
c o u p l e r s will h a v e to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h t h e loader. T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 63 N»m (46 ft-
S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s i n f o r m a t i o n . lb) t o r q u e before s t a r t i n g the loader.

Enter t h e loader. (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r


o n Page 53.)

IMPORTANT Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE


L O A D E R button a n d r e l é a s e t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• Thoroughly clean the quick couplers before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n
system. & Maintenance Manual and Operator's Handbook for
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in an correct procedure.)
environmentally safe manner.
1-2278-0608

W i t h the loader e n g i n e off a n d u s i n g t h e h o s e g u i d e s (if A WARNING


e q u i p p e d ) , route t h e a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to t h e
loader. C o n n e c t t h e a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic quick c o u p l e r s AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
to the loader c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n D i e s e l fuel or h y d r a u l i c fluid u n d e r pressure can
Page 65.) p e n é t r a t e s k i n or e y e s , c a u s i n g s e r i o u s injury or
d e a t h . F l u i d l e a k s u n d e r p r e s s u r e m a y not be v i s i b l e .
Check that the attachment hydraulic hoses are not U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d or w o o d to find l e a k s . Do
t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of t h e l o a d e r or not u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If fluid
attachment. e n t e r s s k i n or e y e s , get i m m e d i a t e m e d i c a l attention
f r o m a p h y s i c i a n familiar with t h i s injury.
N O T E : It may be necessary to loosen the quick W-2072-0807
c o u p l e r s o n the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s
to r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in the h o s e s .
Check the attachment hydraulic quick coupler
c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
• When fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
• F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o ó s e material i s p r e s e n t .
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the q u i c k c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e a t t a c h m e n t
hydraulic h o s e s w h i l e c o n n e c t e d to the loader. D o not
r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

64 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D) F i g u r e 98

LATER MODELS
Hydraulic Quick Couplers

IMPORTANT
• Thoroughly clean the quick couplers before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
• Contain and dispose of any oil leakage in an
environmentally safe manner.
1-2278-0608

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d n e w loaders are factory e q u i p p e d


with flush face couplers. If installing an attachment
equipped with poppet style couplers, the attachment
c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h t h e loader.
S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s i n f o r m a t i o n . A WARNING
NOTE: Make sure the quick couplers are fully AVOID BURNS
e n g a g e d . If t h e q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o n o t fully Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
engage, check to see that the couplers are the can get hot w h e n r u n n i n g machine and attachments.
same size and type. Be careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick
couplers.
F i g u r e 97 W-2220-0396

EARLIER MODELS
To Connect:

R e m o v e any dirt or d e b r i s f r o m t h e s u r f a c e of both t h e


male and female couplers, and from the outside diameter
of the male coupler. Visually c h e c k t h e c o u p l e r s for
c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If any of
t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, t h e coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
[ F i g u r e 9 7 ] or [ F i g u r e 9 8 ] .

Install t h e m a l e c o u p l e r into t h e f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n t h e ball reléase sleeve slides
f o r w a r d on t h e f e m a l e c o u p l e r [ F i g u r e 9 7 ] or [ F i g u r e 9 8 ] .

NOTE: Check that the attachment hydraulic hoses


are not twisted or contacting any moving
p a r t s of t h e loader or a t t a c h m e n t . (See For
First T i m e I n s t a l l a t i o n o n Page 64.) f o r p r o p e r
adjustment.

To Disconnect:

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n &


Maintenance Manual and Operator's Handbook for
correct p r o c e d u r e . )

P u s h t h e c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n t h e


f e m a l e c o u p l e r until t h e c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

65 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 100

Electric Auxiliary Controls


Control Functions
Standard and A C S S J C and SCPA
Enter the loader. (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
on Page 53.)

Start the engine.

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n


& M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l and Operator's H a n d b o o k for
correct procedure.)

N O T E : T h e auxiliary h y d r a u l i c s m u s t be activated
prior to a t t a c h m e n t o p e r a t i o n .

F i g u r e 99

Manual Auxiliary Controls

4 6 3 , 553 & S 7 0 Continuous Flow


JES
Press the front button (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 100] on the right
s t e e r i n g lever o n c e for c o n t i n u o u s flow to the front
auxiliary quick c o u p l e r s (hydraulic b r e a k e r starts).

P u s h the button (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 100] a s e c o n d t i m e to


d i s e n g a g e c o n t i n u o u s flow (detent) (hydraulic b r e a k e r
stops).

N O T E : S e e the l o a d e r ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e


M a n u a l for m o r e information o n o p e r a t i o n of
the A u x i l i a r y H y d r a u l i c S y s t e m for y o u r m o d e l
loader.

To start the breaker, m o v e the right steering lever (Item 1)


or the right steering lever handle (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99] to
the right.

For c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic flow, m o v e the right s t e e r i n g


lever (Item 1) or right steering h a n d l e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99]
fully to the right.

To stop the breaker, m o v e the right steering lever (Item 1)


or the right steering lever h a n d l e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99] to
the c e n t e r position.

N O T E : R e m o v e the auxiliary c o n t r o l l o c k o u t bolt a n d


nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 99] ( S 1 0 0 a n d T 1 1 0 ) b e f o r e
u s i n g the a u x i l i a r y c o n t r o l for the first time.

66 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 101

Vertical Operating Position


O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r

N O T E : S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n K i t s a r e a v a i l a b l e for the
loaders. Special Application Kits must be
u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e falling d e b r i s i s
present. See your Bobcat dealer for
availability.

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
P-88721
• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n . W h e n o p e r a t i n g in t h e vertical position [ F i g u r e 101], o n
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s . fíat m a t e r i a l , keep t h e tool vertical or c u r l e d b a c k a s m a l l
• Keep all bystanders 6 m (20 ft) away from a m o u n t to direct t h e i m p a c t forcé d o w n w a r d a n d slightly
equipment when operating. t o w a r d t h e loader.
W-2627-0910

F i g u r e 102
For t h e first t i m e use o n a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e
Horizontal Operating Position
rpm and feather the hydraulics to fill the internal
p a s s a g e s of t h e b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If t h e b r e a k e r
is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g t h e hydraulic passages,
internal d a m a g e m a y result.

In c o l d w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m t h e loader hydraulic
fluid to operating temperature before operating the
breaker.

P-88720

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in t h e horizontal position [ F i g u r e 102],


w o r k near the e d g e .

67 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
the breaker:
O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r ( C o n t ' d )
N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the operator will become
Tips / Recommendations m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .

• B r e a k off s m a l l p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e

A WARNING
e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling m a t e r i a l .

• K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to t h e w o r k s u r f a c e .

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
• A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é by raising t h e front of t h e
• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
loader slightly off the g r o u n d .
h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r i s
in o p e r a t i o n .
• A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
• Keep all bystanders 6 m (20 ft) away from
• M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r t h e tool
equipment w h e n operating.
p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k t h e m a t e r i a l .
W-2627-0910

• Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s a l o n g a line w h e r e


y o u w a n t it to break.

IMPORTANT • D e e p tool penetration is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k t h e m a t e r i a l .

A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) Firing. Disengage auxiliary


• C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the
I-2205-0800
rebar.

• E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s f o r c é c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.
IMPORTANT
• A l w a y s direct the forcé t o w a r d t h e point of t h e tool in
c o n t a c t with the material.
Do not u s e the b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to move
broken material. Excess prying forcé can cause
d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

68 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D) F i g u r e 103

Removal

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n the


ground. Lower or cióse the hydraulic equipment (if
equipped).

N O T E : In muddy conditions or to prevent the


a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the l o a d e r .

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d reléase auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e


(if applicable). (See the loader's Operation & Pulí the B o b - T a c h levers up [ F i g u r e 103] until they are
Maintenance Manual and Operator's Handbook for fully raised ( w e d g e s fully raised).
correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the loader. (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n


Page 53.) A WARNING
Bob-Tach levers have spring tensión. Hold lever

A WARNING tightly a n d r e l é a s e s l o w l y . F a i l u r e to o b e y
c a n c a u s e injury.
warning

W-2054-1285
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t : Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
• L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat on o n Page 53.)
the g r o u n d .
• S t o p the e n g i n e . Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e . L O A D E R b u t t o n a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.
• R a i s e the s e a t bar.
• Move all c o n t r o l s to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED F i g u r e 104
p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d traction
drive f u n c t i o n s are deactivated.

T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m m u s t d e a c t i v a t e t h e s e f u n c t i o n s
w h e n the s e a t bar is u p . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .
W-2463-1110

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . (See


Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 65.)

P-41504A

Tilt the B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d a n d drive the loader b a c k w a r d ,


away f r o m t h e a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 104],

69 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D ) F i g u r e 105

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Power Bob-Tach
©
L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n t h e
ground. Lower or cióse the hydraulic equipment (if
equipped).

N O T E : In muddy conditions or to prevent the


a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t on p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e B-15993A

r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m t h e l o a d e r .
F i g u r e 106
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d reléase auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e
(if applicable). (See the loader's Operation &
Maintenance Manual and Operator's Handbook for
correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n


P a g e 53.)

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H P u s h a n d hpjd t h e B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S U P " s w i t c h
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t : (Item 1) [Figure 105] (Front Panel) until t h e levers
• L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n [ F i g u r e 106] a r e fully r a i s e d ( w e d g e s fully raised).
the g r o u n d .
• S t o p the e n g i n e . F i g u r e 107
• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• R a i s e the s e a t bar.
• Move all c o n t r o l s to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d traction
drive functions are deactivated.

T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m must deactivate t h e s e functions


w h e n t h e s e a t bar i s up. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .
W-2463-1110

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . (See P-41504A


H y d r a u l i c Quick C o u p l e r s on Page 65.)

Tilt t h e B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d a n d drive t h e loader b a c k w a r d ,


E n t e r t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
a w a y f r o m t h e a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 107].
o n P a g e 53.)

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous


Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
p r e s s u r i z e d h y d r a u l i c oil to k e e p the w e d g e s
L O A D E R button a n d reléase the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
in the engaged position and prevent
attachment disengagement. Because the
w e d g e s c a n s l o w l y lower, the o p e r a t o r may
need to reactívate the switch ( B O B - T A C H
"WEDGES UP") when removing an
a t t a c h m e n t to be s u r e both w e d g e s a r e fully
raised.

70 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D) F i g u r e 109

Removal (Cont'd)

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Pin-On)

Park the loader o n a fíat a n d level surface,

L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to the g r o u n d .

Stop the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &


M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d Operator's H a n d b o o k for
correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting The L o a d e r on


Page 53.)
Drive the pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 1 0 9 ] out of the b r e a k e r a n d
Disconnect auxiliary hydraulic hoses. (See Hydraulic X-Change Mount.
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)
Enter the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
F i g u r e 108 o n Page 53.)

Start the e n g i n e .

F i g u r e 110

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 108].


P-88687

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g the loader a w a y


f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 1 1 0 ] .

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment o n planks or b l o c k s before
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the loader.

71 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D) F i g u r e 112

Removal (Cont'd)

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On)

Park the loader o n a fíat a n d level suríace.

L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to the g r o u n d .

Stop the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &


Maintenance Manual and Operator's Handbook for
correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n


Page 53.)
R e m o v e the píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 2 ] .
Disconnect auxiliary hydraulic hoses. (See Hydraulic
Quick C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.) Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
o n P a g e 53.)
F i g u r e 111
S t a r t the e n g i n e .

F i g u r e 113

R e m o v e the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 1 ] . P-88687

Tilt t h e Bob-Tach f o r w a r d w h i l e b a c k i n g t h e loader away


f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 1 1 3 ] .

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t t h e
attachment f r o m freezing to the g r o u n d , put
the attachment on planks or b l o c k s before
r e m o v i n g the attachment f r o m the loader.

72 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

Approved Excavator Models And Requirements


A WARNING
F i g u r e 114
HB SERIES BREAKER Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
EXCAVATOR
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
MODEL 280 680 880 980 1180 b u c k e t s for safe l o a d s of specified d e n s i t i e s are
316 X approved for each m o d e l . Unapproved attachments
322 X and buckets can cause injury or death.
323 X W-2662-0108
325 X X
328 X X
329 X
331 X x
331E X X
334 X X
335 X X
337 X X
341 X
418 X
425 X X
430 X X
435 X X
442 X
E26 X X
E32 X X
E35 X X
E42 X X
E45 X X
E50 X X
E55 X X
E60 *x *x X
E63 X
E80 X
E85 X
X = Approved

T h e chart [ F i g u r e 1 1 4 ] s h o w s the hydraulic b r e a k e r


m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h e x c a v a t o r m o d e l .

W a r r a n t y o n t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n -
a p p r o v e d carrier. See y o u r B o b c a t dealer for a
c u r r e n t l i s t of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

N O T E : * W h e n u s i n g t h e HB880 or H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r s o n
E60 e x c a v a t o r ( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , t h e
breaker m u s t be e q u i p p e d w i t h a diverter
v a l v e kit. See y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for available
kits.

73 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS NOTE: Special Application Kits are available for
(CONT'D) e x c a v a t o r s . S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n K i t s m u s t be
u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e f a l l i n g d e b r i s is
Approved Excavator Models A n d Requirements present. See your Bobcat dealer for
(Cont'd) availability.

F i g u r e 115 N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t t o t a n k v a l v e (if
e q u i p p e d ) o n t h e e x c a v a t o r is in t h e p r o p e r
"H—i p o s i t i o n for breaker o p e r a t i o n . (See the
excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
for detailed information.)

F i g u r e 116

E 6 0 , E 6 3 , E80 A n d E 8 5 M a c h i n e s

P-89978

T h e excavator must be e q u i p p e d w i t h front auxiliary


hydraulics [ F i g u r e 1 1 5 ] or [ F i g u r e 1 1 6 ] .

P r i m a r y auxiliary m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 6 ] .
P r i m a r y auxiliaries will be u s e d for b r e a k e r o p e r a t i o n .

N O T E : T h e m a l e f l u s h f a c e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e
right side of the a r m ( s h o w n ) [Figure 116], the
f e m a l e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e of
the a r m o n E60, E63, E80 a n d E85 e x c a v a t o r s .

74 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit
(CONT'D)
F i g u r e 118
Falling Object Guard S y s t e m (FOGS)

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR D E A T H
Some attachment applications can cause flying
d e b r i s or o b j e c t s t o enter front, t o p or rear c a b
o p e n i n g s . Instad the Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.

W-2737-0508

F i g u r e 117
T h e S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit i n c l u d e s an u p p e r a n d lower
OVERHEAD screen guard [Figure 118].

S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for available s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s


kit for your m o d e l excavator.

Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit Inspection A n d M a i n t e n a n c e

Inspect t h e S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit [ F i g u r e 1 1 8 ] a n d all


h a r d w a r e . R e p a i r or replace all d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g
parts.

For the c a n o p y or c a b to m e e t the Falling O b j e c t G u a r d


S t r u c t u r e ( F O G S ) ( I S O 1 0 2 6 2 - level 1), the excavator
m u s t have the o v e r h e a d g u a r d a n d t h e Special
A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit installed [ F i g u r e 1 1 7 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 1 1 8 ] .

S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for available falling o b j e c t g u a r d


s t r u c t u r e kit for y o u r m o d e l excavator.

Falling Object Guard S y s t e m (FOGS) Inspection A n d


Maintenance

Inspect the Falling O b j e c t G u a r d S t r u c t u r e ( F O G S )


[ F i g u r e 1 1 7 ] a n d all h a r d w a r e . R e p a i r or replace all
d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g p a r t s .

75 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS
(CONT'D)

Entering And Exiting the Excavator

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The c o n t r o l console(s) m u s t be l o w e r e d .
• Keep y o u r feet a n d a r m s inside t h e c a b .
W-2777-1208

Entering Fasten the seat belt snugly. Adjust the seat belt s o the
belt is over t h e operator's hips [ F i g u r e 1 2 0 ] .
F i g u r e 119
F i g u r e 121

P-91927A

Use the grab h a n d l e s , tracks a n d the safety t r e a d s to L o w e r the left control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 2 1 ] c o n s o l é
enter a n d exit the excavator [ F i g u r e 1 1 9 ] . before starting the e n g i n e .

N O T E : M a i n t a i n t h r e e - p o i n t c o n t a c t at all t i m e s w h i l e
entering or exiting the excavator. Do not
jump.

76 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 123
(CONT'D)

Entering A n d Exiting the Excavator (Cont'd)

Entering (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 122

E 6 0 , E 6 3 , E80 A n d E85 E x c a v a t o r s

Lift up o n the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 123] to reléase a n d


raise the control c o n s o l é .

F i g u r e 124

E60, E63, E80 A n d E85 E x c a v a t o r s

Lower the control c o n s o l é [ F i g u r e 1 2 2 ] .

N O T E : T h e r e i s a c o n t r o l l o c k s w i t c h i n t h e left
consolé which deactivates the hydraulic
control levers (joysticks and traction system)
w h e n t h e c o n t r o l c o n s o l é l o c k lever is r a i s e d .
T h e c o n s o l é m u s t be in t h e l o c k e d d o w n
position for the hydraulic control levers
(joysticks and traction system) to opérate.

N O T E : If t h e c o n t r o l l o c k s w i t c h d o e s n o t d e a c t i v a t e
the c o n t r o l levers w h e n the c o n s o l é lock lever
is r a i s e d , s e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r f o r s e r v i c e .

Exiting Raise t h e control c o n s o l é [ F i g u r e 1 2 4 ] .

Lower the w o r k e q u i p m e n t to the g r o u n d . Exit the excavator.

Lower the blade to the g r o u n d . S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l


a n d Operator's H a n d b o o k for detailed information o n
Stop the e n g i n e a n d r e m o v e the key. o p e r a t i n g the excavator.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before leaving the machine:
• Lower the work e q u i p m e n t to the ground.
• Lower the blade to the g r o u n d .
• S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d r e m o v e t h e key.
W-2196-0595

77 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 125
(CONT'D)

Installation

Hydraulic X-Change

N O T E : I n s t a l l a t i o n o f t h e b u c k e t is s h o w n . T h e
p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r a t t a c h m e n t s .
D i s c o n n e c t any hydraulic lines that are
operated by hydraulic power before r e m o v i n g
any attachments (breaker, direct drive auger,
etc.).

A WARNING
Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Excavator on P a g e 76.)
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and S w i n g the excavator a r m fully to the left [ F i g u r e 1 2 5 ] (for
a t t a c h m e n t s f o r s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e better o p e r a t o r visibility w h e n c o n n e c t i n g a t t a c h m e n t s ) .
a p p r o v e d for each m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
can cause injury or death. F i g u r e 126
W-2052-0907

A WARNING
B o t h hydraulic p i n s m u s t be fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h
the attachment mounting holes and locked with both
retainer pins and clips. Failure to fully e n g a g e and
l o c k h y d r a u l i c p i n s c a n a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off
a n d c a u s e s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2507-0706

P r e s s a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


1 2 6 ] to the right to fully retract the hydraulic pins.

78 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 129
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Hydraulic X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 127

R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d (curl in) the bucket cylinder


until the X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the b a c k of t h e a t t a c h m e n t
[ F i g u r e 129].

W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until t h e h o o k s


P-71986
(Item 1) of t h e bucket e n g a g e the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 2)
a n d the píate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 2 9 ] fully e n g a g e s into the
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 1 2 7 ] . bucket c r o s s m e m b e r .

F i g u r e 128

A WARNING
K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 130

P-71989

R a i s e the b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e


the a t t a c h m e n t h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 128] o n the
bucket.

P r e s s a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


1 3 0 ] to the left a n d F U L L Y E X T E N D t h e hydraulic pins.

79 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 132
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Hydraulic X-Change (Cont'd)

Stop the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering


A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

F i g u r e 131

C h e c k that both hydraulic pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 131] are


fully e n g a g e d to s e c u r e t h e a t t a c h m e n t .

P-71999A

Install retainer pin (Item 1) a n d clips (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


1 3 2 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 133] into e a c h hydraulic pin (both
sides).

A WARNING
B o t h hydraulic p i n s m u s t be fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h
the attachment mounting holes and locked with both
retainer pins and clips. Failure to fully engage and
l o c k h y d r a u l i c p i n s can a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off
a n d c a u s e s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2507-0706

80 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 135
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On X-Change

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the excavator during o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.

Enter the excavator, fasten the s e a t belt a n d start the


engine.

S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to


correctly o p é r a t e the excavator.

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.


Raise t h e b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g t r a m e . X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s t h e a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 1 3 5 ] .

F i g u r e 134 W i t h the a r m v e r t i c a l , lower the b o o m until the h o o k s


(Item 1) of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item
2) of the X - C h a n g e a n d the píate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 3 5 ]
fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

A WARNING
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
W-2119-091 o

S t o p the e n g i n e .

R a i s e t h e b o o m until the pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 134] Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's
e n g a g e the h o o k s o n the m o u n t i n g t r a m e . Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit t h e excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

81 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 138
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 136

x / P-61760B

Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 8 ] .

F i g u r e 139

P-49705

Inspect t h e pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 6 ] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .

A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)


[Figure 136].

Figure 137

R o u t e the h o s e s up to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 139]. (See Hydraulic Quick Couplers on Page
95.)

NOTE: Do not route the h o s e s t h r o u g h the retainer


( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 1 3 9 ] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .

Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Drive t h e pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 7 ] t h r o u g h t h e b r e a k e r Turn the h o s e s s o they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e


mount and X-Change. h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.

C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.

Lift the a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract t h e bucket


cylinder.

82 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 141
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Bolt-On X-Change

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
a t t a c h m e n t s for safe l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d densities are
approved for each m o d e l . Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the breaker. Raise t h e b o o m until
t h e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 4 1 ]
Place the b r e a k e r o n blocks. o n the m o u n t .

F i g u r e 140 F i g u r e 142

P-61704

Positlon the b r e a k e r s o the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d R a i s e the b o o m , a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
the e x c a v a t o r d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up [ F i g u r e X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 1 4 2 ] ,
140].
W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until t h e h o o k s
Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the (Item 1) of the b r e a k e r d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item 2) of the
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.) X - C h a n g e a n d the píate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 4 2 ] fully
e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to
correctly o p é r a t e the excavator. S t o p the e n g i n e .

Fully retract the bucket cylinder. Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

83 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 145
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Bolt-On X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 143

R o u t e the h o s e s up to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 4 5 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Quick C o u p l e r s o n P a g e
95.)

N O T E : Do Not r o u t e t h e h o s e s t h r o u g h t h e retainer
( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 145] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .

Install the píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 3 ] into the X - C h a n g e . H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in the auxiliary hydraulic s y s t e m c a n


m a k e it difficult to c o n n e c t or d i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary
F i g u r e 144 hydraulic lines f r o m the quick c o u p l e r s .

Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

Turn the h o s e s s o they a r e not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e


h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.

C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.

Lift the a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract the bucket


cylinder.

Install t h e t w o bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 4 ] . T i g h t e n t h e


bolts to 170 - 190 N»m (125 - 140 ft-lb) t o r q u e . Retired
the bolts after e v e r y eight h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .

N O T E : D o N o t o v e r t o r q u e t h e b o l t s ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e
144]. Over t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in t h e b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

84 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

A WARNING
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


X-Change System
N e v e r u s e t h e X - C h a n g e p i n s o n l y t o lift t h e
attachment. The attachment can d i s e n g a g e and fall.
F i g u r e 146
W-2277-1297

F i g u r e 148

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the excavator d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are f a c i n g u p [ F i g u r e
146].

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
E x c a v a t o r on Page 76.) X - C h a n g e s e a t s in the m a t i n g á r e a of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e
[ F i g u r e 148].
S e e t h e excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to
correctly o p é r a t e the excavator. C o n t i n u é to e x t e n d the bucket c y l i n d e r to raise the point
of the b r e a k e r off the g r o u n d .
Fully retract the bucket cylinder.
W i t h the a r m v e r t i c a l , lower the b o o m to the g r o u n d until
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e . the h o o k s of the b r e a k e r f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins of the
X - C h a n g e a n d the píate fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g
F i g u r e 147 f r a m e (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 8 ] locking t h e b r e a k e r f r a m e to
the X-Change.

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Raise the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 4 7 ] o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

85 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS Pin-On Attachment (442 Excavators)
(CONT'D)

A WARNING
Installation (Cont'd)

X-Change System (Cont'd)

K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 f t ) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
F i g u r e 149
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or f l y i n g o b j e c t s can c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2119-0910

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the e x c a v a t o r d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

Refer to the excavator O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l


to correctly o p é r a t e the excavator.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

Retract the bucket cylinder s o the bucket link is up a n d


out of the way.
R o u t e the h o s e s u p to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 1 4 9 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e A l i g n t h e b o o m into the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
95.)
T h e b o o m will be a l i g n e d with the top m o u n t i n g f r a m e pin
NOTE: Do Not route the hoses t h r o u g h the retainer hole.
( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 149] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .
S t o p the e n g i n e .
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in the auxiliary hydraulic s y s t e m c a n
m a k e it difficult to c o n n e c t or d i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary Exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the
hydraulic lines f r o m the quick c o u p l e r s . E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the excavator's F i g u r e 150


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

Turn the h o s e s s o they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e


h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.

C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.

Lift t h e a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract t h e bucket


cylinder.

Install the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 0 ] .

E n t e r the e x c a v a t o r a n d start the e n g i n e .

86 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 153
(CONT'D)
Left H a n d S i d e O f A r m

Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (442 Excavators) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 151

P-65878A

R o u t e the h o s e s (from the HB p o r t o n the b r e a k e r ) up t h e


a r m a n d c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
1 5 3 ] to t h e return to tank coupler.
P-65869
Figure 154

R i g h t H a n d S i d e Of A r m
E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the bucket link (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 1 5 1 ] aligns with t h e b o t t o m hole o n the b r e a k e r
frame.

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


Excavator o n Page 76.)

Install the pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 5 1 ] into the b o t t o m hole


of the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e a n d t h e bucket link.

F i g u r e 152

P-65879B

R o u t e the h o s e (from the HP port o n the b r e a k e r ) up the


a r m a n d c o n n e c t to the auxiliary c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
154].

O n the o p p o s i t e side of the pins, install the w a s h e r s (Item


1) a n d the retainer pins (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 5 2 ] .

S p r e a d the e n d s of the t w o retainer pins (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


1 5 2 ] so that they will be r e t a i n e d in the p i n .

87 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 156
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42, E45,


E50 And E55 Excavators)

NOTE: Before installing attachments requiring


auxiliary h y d r a u l i c s , q u i c k c o u p l e r s m u s t be
installed o n the 316 a n d 418 excavator.

F i g u r e 155

Refer to t h e excavator's O p e r a t i o n & Maintenance


m a n u a l to correctly o p é r a t e the excavator.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

Retract the bucket cylinder so the bucket link is up a n d


out of t h e way.

R a i s e the b o o m a n d position the b o o m into the b r e a k e r


mounting frame.

A l i g n the b o o m with the top m o u n t i n g f r a m e pin hole.


Install the male quick c o u p l e r (Item 1) o n the b o t t o m
auxiliary hydraulic line a n d the t é m a l e quick c o u p l e r (Item S t o p the e n g i n e .
2) [ F i g u r e 155] on the t o p hydraulic line.
Exit t h e excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

A WARNING Install the pivot pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 6 ] .

Enter t h e excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
S t a r t the e n g i n e .
W-2119-0910

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the link (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


Position the b r e a k e r s o the hydraulic h o s e s will b e t o w a r d 1 5 6 ] a l i g n s with the b o t t o m hole on t h e b r e a k e r f r a m e .
the excavator d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.
S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. ( S e e E n t e r i n g
A n d Exiting t h e Excavator o n Page 76.)

Install the pivot pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 5 6 ] .

88 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

A WARNING
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Pin-On Attachment (316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42, E45,
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
E50 And E55 Excavators) (Cont'd)
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
a t t a c h m e n t s f o r s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
F i g u r e 157
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907

Install the retaining clips (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 7 ] .

Figure 158

í {
¡rf%J
mJ l
9PL 3TB lf
R o u t e the h o s e s up the a r m a n d c o n n e c t to the auxiliary
c o u p l e r s [ F i g u r e 1 5 8 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n
Page 95.)

89 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 160
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (E60, E63, E80 And E85 Excavators)

NOTE: R e m o v a l a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e b u c k e t i s
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r
attachments. Disconnect any hydraulic lines
that are operated by hydraulic p o w e r before
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
d r i v e auger, etc.).

F i g u r e 159

Install the a r m (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 160] into the a t t a c h m e n t .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


Excavator on P a g e 76.)

F i g u r e 161

Before installing the a t t a c h m e n t , m a k e s u r e the four O-


rings (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 159] are p o s i t i o n e d over the
a t t a c h m e n t b o s s (as s h o w n ) so they are not d a m a g e d
d u r i n g Installation.

Enter t h e excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Start the e n g i n e .

Align the a r m m o u n t i n g hole with the a t t a c h m e n t and


install the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] .

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Start the e n g i n e .

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the bucket link (Item 2)


aligns with the b o t t o m hole (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] o n the
breaker frame.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. (See Entering


A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Align the bucket link m o u n t i n g hole with the a t t a c h m e n t


a n d install the pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] .

90 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS A l w a y s use a g o o d quality lithium b a s e d m u l t i p u r p o s e
(CONT'D) g r e a s e w h e n lubricating t h e excavator. A p p l y t h e
lubricant until extra g r e a s e s h o w s .
Installation (Cont'd)
Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only)
Pin-On Attachment (E60, E63, E80 And E85 Excavators)
(Cont'd) NOTE: R e m o v a l a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e b u c k e t is
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r
F i g u r e 162 attachments. Disconnect any hydraulic lines
that are operated by hydraulic p o w e r before
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
drive auger, etc.).

A WARNING
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for safe loads of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s are
approved for each m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
and buckets can cause injury or death.
W-2662-0108

Install the t w o retainer bolts (Item 1) a n d j a m nuts (Item F i g u r e 164


2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 2 ] a n d tighten t h e j a m nuts.

N O T E : T h e t w o r e t a i n i n g b o l t s ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 2 ]
s h o u l d rotate after t h e t w o j a m n u t s are
installed. Install the first j a m nut until the bolt
is f i n g e r l o ó s e o n t h e m o u n t . Install t h e
second jam nut and tighten the second jam
nut against the first j a m nut.

F i g u r e 163

Insert the reléase b a r (Item 1) into the m a n u a l s p r i n g


l o a d e d coupler. R e m o v e t h e retainer pin (Item 2 ) . Rotate
the reléase bar (Item 1) u p w a r d slightly a n d r e m o v e the
lock pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 4 ] .

R e p o s i t i o n the four O - r i n g s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 3 ] next to


the a r m .

Install g r e a s e in the g r e a s e fittings on the a r m a n d bucket


link pins.

91 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 167
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 165

Enter the excavator, fasten the seat belt a n d start the


e n g i n e . (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r on P a g e
76.)

Position the front h o o k s (Item 1) over t h e front pin (Item


2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 7 ] of the a t t a c h m e n t .

Using the reléase bar (Item 1), rotate the locklng h o o k s F i g u r e 168

(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 5 ] u p w a r d to the unlock position.

Figure 166
I i—l i T

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder (curl in) the c o u p l e r until the


rear pin of the a t t a c h m e n t (Item 1) is firmly s e a t e d in the
Install the lock pin (Item 1) a n d retainer pin (Item 2) c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 8 ] .
[ F i g u r e 1 6 6 ] to hold the locking h o o k s in the o p e n
position. R e m o v e t h e r e l é a s e bar. C o n t i n u é to curl the c o u p l e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t until the
w e i g h t of the a t t a c h m e n t is s u p p o r t e d by the coupler.

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. (See Entering


A n d Exiting the Excavator o n Page 76.)

92 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 171
(CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)

Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 169

Install the locking pin (Item 1) a n d retainer pin (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 1 7 1 ] a n d r e m o v e the r e l é a s e bar.

C h e c k for s e c u r e a t t a c h m e n t . N e v e r o p é r a t e without
r e t a i n e r p i n s ( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 1 ] i n s t a l l e d .

A WARNING
R e i n s e r t the reléase bar (Item 1) a n d rotate the locking
h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 9 ] u p w a r d slightly.

R e m o v e the retainer pin a n d the locking pin (Item 3)


K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
[ F i g u r e 169].
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
F i g u r e 170
W-2119-0910

Rotate the locking h o o k s (Item 1) d o w n w a r d , c u p p i n g


( e n g a g i n g ) the a t t a c h m e n t pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 0 ] .

93 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS Rotate the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s as n e e d e d so the
(CONT'D) h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts of
the excavator or a t t a c h m e n t .
Installation (Cont'd)

W i t h the twist(s) r e m o v e d f r o m the hydraulic h o s e s ,


For First Time Installation
t i g h t e n the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s while
the c o u p l e r s are still c o n n e c t e d to the excavator. This will
N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new excavators are factory
help hold the hydraulic h o s e s in position while t i g h t e n i n g .
e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 6 3 N»m (46 ft-
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
Ib) t o r q u e before starting the excavator.
the excavator. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s
information.
Enter the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

IMPORTANT
Start the e n g i n e .

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
• Thoroughly clean the quick couplers before
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y o i l l e a k a g e in an
e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y safe manner.
1-2278-0608 A WARNING
W i t h the excavator e n g i n e off a n d using the h o s e g u i d e s AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
(if e q u i p p e d ) , route the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to the Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
excavator. C o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic q u i c k penétrate skin or eyes, c a u s i n g serious injury or
c o u p l e r s to the excavator c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k death. Fluid leaks under p r e s s u r e may not be visible.
C o u p l e r s on Page 95.) U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d o r w o o d t o f i n d l e a k s . D o
n o t u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If f l u i d
C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s are not enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts of the excavator f r o m a physician familiar w i t h this injury.
or a t t a c h m e n t . W-2072-0807

N O T E : It m a y b e n e c e s s a r y t o l o o s e n t h e q u i c k Check the attachment hydraulic quick coupler


couplers on the attachment hydraulic hoses c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.
t o r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in t h e h o s e s .

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:
• W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
• F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o ó s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
• T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the a t t a c h m e n t


hydraulic h o s e s while c o n n e c t e d to the excavator. Do not
r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

94 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS
(CONT'D)

Hydraulic Quick Couplers


A WARNING
AVOID B U R N S
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers

IMPORTANT can get hot w h e n r u n n i n g machine and a t t a c h m e n t s .


Be careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g a n d d i s c o n n e c t i n g q u i c k
couplers.
• Thoroughly clean the quick couplers before W-2220-0396
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
To Connect:
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil leakage in an
e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y safe manner.
R e m o v e dirt or d e b r i s f r o m the surface of both the m a l e
1-2278-0608
a n d f e m a l e c o u p l e r s , a n d f r o m t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r of
t h e male coupler. Visually c h e c k the c o u p l e r s for
NOTE: The following illustrations may not s h o w your c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If a n y of
hydraulic quick couplers exactly but the t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, the coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
p r o c e d u r e is c o r r e c t . [Figure 172].

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new e x c a v a t o r s are factory Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball reléase sleeve slides
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the f o r w a r d o n the f e m a l e coupler.
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to b e c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the excavator. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s NOTE: Check that the attachment hydraulic h o s e s
information. are not twisted or contacting any m o v i n g
p a r t s of t h e e x c a v a t o r o r a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e F o r
NOTE: Make sure the q u i c k c o u p l e r s are fully F i r s t T i m e I n s t a l l a t i o n o n P a g e 94.) f o r p r o p e r
e n g a g e d . If t h e q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o n o t f u l l y adjustment.
e n g a g e , c h e c k to see that the c o u p l e r s are t h e
same size and type. To Disconnect:

F i g u r e 172 Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

P u s h the c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n the


f e m a l e c o u p l e r until the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

N O T E : T h e m a l e f l u s h f a c e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e
r i g h t s i d e o f t h e a r m a n d t h e f e m a l e c o u p l e r is
l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e o f t h e a r m ( E 8 0 a n d
E85 e x c a v a t o r s o n l y ) .

95 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS Later Model 300 And 400 Series Machines
(CONT'D)
E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. (See the excavator's
Control Functions Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. (See the excavator's
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's F i g u r e 174
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

N O T E : A u x i l i a r y h y d r a u l i c m u s t be a c t i v a t e d p r i o r t o
attachment operation.

Early Models And 320, 323, Current Models

F i g u r e 173

M o v e the s w i t c h (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] o n the right control


lever to the right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
(breaker starts).

P r e s s the front switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] o n the front


of t h e right c o n t r o l lever to give the quick c o u p l e r s a
c o n t i n u o u s flow of fluid to the f e m a l e coupler.
Raise the pedal lock / footrest (Item 1) to o p é r a t e t h e
auxiliary operation pedal (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 3 ] . P u s h t h e To reléase f r o m c o n t i n u o u s o p e r a t i o n , p r e s s t h e front
pedal to t h e right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] a s e c o n d time.
(breaker starts).

96 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS 316 Excavator Auxiliary Hydraulics
(CONT'D)
F i g u r e 177
Control Functions (Cont'd)

442 Excavator Auxiliary Hydraulics

F i g u r e 175

Press the switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 5 ] . T h e switch will be


illuminated.

Figure 176

Pulí the locking pin out (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 178] to allow the


pedal to pivot.

P r e s s the auxiliary H y d r a u l i c s Pedal (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


1 7 8 ] to provide hydraulic p r e s s u r e to t h e top hydraulic
line (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 7 ] . R e l é a s e the pedal to stop
hydraulic flow.

Press a n d hold t h e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 176] to W h e n y o u are not using the auxiliary hydraulics, e n g a g e
provide hydraulic flow to the hydraulic breaker. t h e locking pin so that y o u c a n u s e the p e d a l as a
footrest.
R e l é a s e the switch to stop hydraulic flow.
O n l y the top auxiliary line is p r e s s u r i z e d . T h e b o t t o m line
is for return oil flow.

97 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS E26, E32, E35, E42, E45, E50 And E55 Auxiliary
(CONT'D) Hydraulics

Control Functions (Cont'd) E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
418 Excavator Auxiliary Hydraulics H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Figure 179 F i g u r e 181

Rotate the auxiliary pedal (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 9 ] d o w n . M o v e the switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 181] on the right control
lever to the right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
Figure 180 (breaker starts).

Press the switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 8 1 ] on the front of the


h a n d l e to provide c o n s t a n t flow to t h e f e m a l e coupler.

P r e s s the switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 8 1 ] a s e c o n d time to


stop auxiliary flow to the quick c o u p l e r s .

Press the front of the auxiliary Hydraulics Pedal (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 8 0 ] to provide hydraulic p r e s s u r e to the top
hydraulic line (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 7 ] . R e l é a s e t h e p e d a l to
stop hydraulic flow.

W h e n y o u a r e not using the auxiliary hydraulics, rotate


the p e d a l up to the storage position.

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS E63 And E85 Excavator Auxiliary Hydraulics
(CONT'D)
N O T E : F o r E85 e x c a v a t o r s m a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t t o
Control Functions (Cont'd) t a n k v a l v e (if e q u i p p e d ) i s i n t h e b r e a k e r
p o s i t i o n . (See t h e e x c a v a t o r ' s O p e r a t i o n &
E60 And E80 Excavator Auxiliary Hydraulics Maintenance Manual.)

N O T E : For E80 e x c a v a t o r s m a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t to NOTE: For breaker applications, use the o n e w a y


t a n k v a l v e (if e q u i p p e d ) i s i n t h e b r e a k e r auxiliary hydraulic switch. (See the
p o s i t i o n . (See t h e e x c a v a t o r ' s O p e r a t i o n & excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
Maintenance Manual.) and Operator's H a n d b o o k for the correct
procedure.)
N O T E : For breaker a p p l i c a t i o n s , use t h e o n e w a y
auxiliary hydraulic switch. (See the F i g u r e 183
excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
and Operator's H a n d b o o k for the correct
procedure.)

F i g u r e 182

Press a n d hold the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 8 3 ] o n the right joystick to s u p p l y hydraulic flow
/ p r e s s u r e to t h e f e m a l e coupler.

P r e s s a n d hold the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) R e l é a s e the button (Item 1) [Figure 183] to stop
[ F i g u r e 1 8 2 ] o n the right joystick to s u p p l y hydraulic flow hydraulic flow.
/ p r e s s u r e to the f e m a l e coupler.

R e l é a s e the button (Item 1) [Figure 182] to stop


hydraulic flow.

99 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS F i g u r e 184
(CONT'D)
Vertical Operating Position
Operation With The Excavator

NOTE: Special A p p l i c a t i o n Kits are available for


loaders and excavators. Special Application
K i t s m u s t be u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e
f a l l i n g d e b r i s is p r e s e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t
dealer for availability.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH P-88719

• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,


h a r d h a t a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is
W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 1 8 4 ] , o n
in o p e r a t i o n .
fíat m a t e r i a l , k e e p the tool vertical or c u r l e d back a small
• DO NOT d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d materials or c e i l i n g s .
a m o u n t to direct the i m p a c t forcé d o w n w a r d a n d slightly
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) away from
t o w a r d the excavator.
equipment when operating.
W-2627-0910
F i g u r e 185

For the first time use o n a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e Horizontal Operating Position
rpm a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If t h e b r e a k e r
is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g t h e hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e may result.

In cold w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the excavator hydraulic


fluid to operating temperature before operating the
breaker.

P-88718

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 1 8 5 ] ,


w o r k n e a r the e d g e .

100 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s a s a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
(CONT'D) the breaker:

Operation With The Excavator (Cont'd) NOTE: With experience, the operator will become
m o r e e f f e c t i v e at b r e a k i n g .
Driving The Excavator And Attachment To The Worksite
• B r e a k off s m a l l p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the
W h e n d r i v i n g the excavator a n d a t t a c h m e n t to the e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling m a t e r i a l .
w o r k s i t e or o p e r a t i n g on public roads, o n s l o p e s or in
water, s e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e • K e e p t h e tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .
M a n u a l a n d O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k to correctly o p é r a t e
t h e excavator. • A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é by raising the front of the
e x c a v a t o r slightly off the g r o u n d .
Tips / Recommendations
• A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .

A WARNING
• M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool
p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k t h e m a t e r i a l .

• Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s a l o n g a line w h e r e


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
y o u w a n t it to b r e a k .
• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is
• D e e p tool p e n e t r a t i o n is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m
in o p e r a t i o n .
( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k the material.
• DO NOT d e m o l i s h overhead materials or ceilings.
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) away from
• C o n c r e t e reinforced w i t h rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n
equipment when operating.
c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the
W-2627-0910
rebar.

• E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s f o r c é c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of t h e tool s h a n k , cylinders

IMPORTANT and breaker attachment.

• A l w a y s direct the f o r c é t o w a r d the point of the tool in


A v o i d Blank (No Load) Firing. Disengage auxiliary c o n t a c t with the m a t e r i a l .
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n breaker is n o t in u s e .
I-2205-0800

IMPORTANT
Do not use the breaker bit as a pry bar t o m o v e
broken material. Excess prying forcé can cause
d a m a g e to the breaker or machine.
I-2074-0409

101 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S F i g u r e 187
(CONT'D)

Removal

Hydraulic X-Change

N O T E : R e m o v a l a n d installation of the b u c k e t is
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is the s a m e for other
attachments. D i s c o n n e c t any hydraulic Unes
that a r e o p e r a t e d by h y d r a u l i c p o w e r b e f o r e
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
drive auger, etc.).

A WARNING
Install both retainer pins (Item 1) a n d clips (Item 2)
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t [ F i g u r e 187] in the s t o r a g e location.
w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h . F i g u r e 188
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 186

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


P-71999B
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

Park the excavator on a fíat level suríace. Put the Start the e n g i n e .
a t t a c h m e n t on t h e g r o u n d .
Press a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
S t o p the e n g i n e . 188] o n the left c o n s o l é to the right to F U L L Y R E T R A C T
the hydraulic pins.
Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

R e m o v e retainer pin (Item 1) a n d retainer clips (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 186] f r o m the hydraulic pin (both s i d e s ) .

102 HB Series Breaker Operatíon & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

Removal (Cont'd)

Hydraulic X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 189

Raise the b o o m a n d retract t h e bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e a t t a c h m e n t h o o k s
(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 189] o n the a t t a c h m e n t .

F i g u r e 190

Fully retract the bucket cylinder (bucket d u m p ) .

L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m until the a t t a c h m e n t is o n t h e


g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e
attachment hooks.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d t h e e x c a v a t o r until the X - C h a n g e


pins a r e clear of the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 190].

103 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
A WARNING
Pin-On X-Change
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Select a fíat a n d level surface. W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
Position the a r m vertically, lower the b r e a k e r to the • W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
ground. • F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o ó s e material i s p r e s e n t .
Stop the e n g i n e . • Engine is running.
• Tools are being u s e d .
Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's W-2019-0907
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
F i g u r e 193
Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
Excavator o n Page 76.)

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on Page 95.)

F i g u r e 191

Enter the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

Start the e n g i n e .

Lift t h e b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) a n d fully


R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 191]. retract t h e bucket c y l i n d e r to d i s e n g a g e the b r e a k e r
[ F i g u r e 193].
F i g u r e 192

L o w e r t h e b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) a r e


clear of the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 193].

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the excavator until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 192] out of the b r e a k e r a n d


X-Change Mount.

104 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S Enter the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
(CONT'D) E x c a v a t o r on Page 76.)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd) Start the e n g i n e .

Bolt-On X-Change F i g u r e 196

F i g u r e 194

P-61761

R a i s e the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) until t h e


Select a fíat a n d level suríace.
X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
Position the a r m vertically a n d but the b r e a k e r o n the [ F i g u r e 196] o n the breaker.
g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 194].
F i g u r e 197
S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on P a g e 95.)

F i g u r e 195

Fully retract the bucket cylinder a n d lower the b o o m a n d


a r m until the breaker is on the g r o u n d , a n d the X - C h a n g e
pins (Item 1) are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 197].

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the excavator until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

R e m o v e the t w o bolts (Item 1) a n d píate (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


195].

105 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S F i g u r e 199
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

X-Change System

Select a fíat a n d level suríace.

Position the a r m vertically, lower the b r e a k e r to the


ground.

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the Pulí the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 199] a w a y f r o m the
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.) excavator, to unlock the latch. R e m o v e t h e tool.

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k Enter the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the
C o u p l e r s on P a g e 95.) E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

F i g u r e 198 F i g u r e 200

P-61752 P-61756'

Install the X - C h a n g e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 198] in t h e S t a r t the e n g i n e .


latch.
Lift t h e b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in), until the X -
C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
200] on the breaker.

106 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

X-Change System

A WARNING
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t
w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h .
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 201

Fully retract the bucket cylinder. L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m


until the b r e a k e r is on the g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins
(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 201] are clear of the breaker.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the e x c a v a t o r until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

107 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S F i g u r e 203
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (442 Excavators)

Place the breaker fíat o n the g r o u n d .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the P-65868


E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k R e m o v e the t w o pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 203].


C o u p l e r s o n Page 95.)
Enter t h e excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the
F i g u r e 202 E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , raise the b o o m a n d retract the bucket


cylinder.

M o v e t h e a r m a w a y f r o m the breaker.

P-65870

R e m o v e the retainer pins (Item 1) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (Item


2) [ F i g u r e 202].

108 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S Figure 205
(CONT'D)

Removal (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42, E45,


E50 And E55 Excavators)

Park the e x c a v a t o r o n a fíat surface a n d p l a c e the


b r e a k e r fíat o n the g r o u n d .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for c o r r e c t p r o c e d u r e . )

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


Excavator o n P a g e 76.) R e m o v e the retaining clips (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 0 5 ] .

F i g u r e 204 F i g u r e 206

D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e s f r o m the auxiliary c o u p l e r s [ F i g u r e R e m o v e the t w o pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 0 6 ] .


2 0 4 ] . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 95.)
Do not d a m a g e the dust s e á i s in t h e a r m .

E n t e r t h e excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Start the e n g i n e , raise the b o o m a n d m o v e t h e a r m away


f r o m the breaker.

109 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S F i g u r e 208
(CONT'D)

Removal (Cont'd)

Pin-On Attachment (E60, E63, E80 And E85 Excavators)

Park the excavator on a fíat surface and lower the


a t t a c h m e n t fully.

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

Exit the excavator. (See Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.) R e m o v e the retainer bolts (Item 1) a n d nuts (Item 2)
[Figure 208].
Figure 207
R e m o v e the pins (Items 3 a n d 4) [ F i g u r e 208].

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

S t a r t the e n g i n e , raise t h e b o o m a n d m o v e the a r m a w a y


f r o m the breaker.

Position the four O - r i n g s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 207] into t h e


s t o r a g e g r o o v e so they do not get d a m a g e d d u r i n g
removal of the a t t a c h m e n t .

110 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S F i g u r e 210
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only)

F i g u r e 209

U s i n g the reléase bar (Item 1), rotate the locking h o o k s


(Item 2) u p w a r d to t h e unlock position a n d install t h e
locking pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 210].

F i g u r e 211

Position the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n t h e g r o u n d .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

Exit the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 209].

Insert the reléase bar (Item 2) a n d rotate the reléase bar


u p w a r d slightly a n d r e m o v e the locking pin (Item 3)
[ F i g u r e 209]. Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 211] to hold the
locking h o o k s in the o p e n position. R e m o v e the reléase
bar.

Enter the excavator. ( S e e Entering And Exiting the


E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Start the e n g i n e .

111 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only) (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 212

P-65765

Retract the bucket cylinder a n d m o v e the a r m f o r w a r d


until the m a n u a l s p r i n g l o a d e d c o u p l e r ís clear of t h e
attachment [Figure 212].

112 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S

A p p r o v e d Mini L o a d e r M o d e l s A n d R e q u i r e m e n t s

Figure 213
MINI L O A D E R HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R
MODEL 680
MT 52 X
MT 55 X
X = Approved

T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 2 1 3 ] s h o w s t h e hydraulic b r e a k e r
m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for u s e with e a c h mini loader m o d e l .

W a r r a n t y o n t h i s a t t a c h m e n t i s v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n -
a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a
c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

A WARNING
N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
a p p r o v e d by t h e B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2662-0108

Figure 214

P-81898

T h e mini loader must b e e q u i p p e d with front auxiliary


hydraulics [ F i g u r e 2 1 4 ] .

113 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S Leaving
(CONT'D)
F i g u r e 215
Entering And Leaving The Operator's Position

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n o p e r a t i n g the m a c h i n e :
• O p é r a t e only f r o m the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n at the
rear of the loader.
• A l w a y s k e e p y o u r h a n d s o n the c o n t r o l s .
• S t a y a w a y f r o m the t r a c k s .
W-2407-0801

A WARNING S t o p the mini loader on level g r o u n d .

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n the


AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H ground [Figure 215].
• M o v e m e n t of the a t t a c h m e n t will o c c u r if the tilt
c o n t r o l is N O T in neutral w h e n the e n g i n e i s D i s e n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics.
started.
• A l w a y s c h e c k that all l e v e r s a r e in neutral before E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake.
s t a r t i n g the e n g i n e .
W-2482-1003 S t o p the e n g i n e .

R e m o v e the key to prevent o p e r a t i o n of the mini loader


by u n a u t h o r i z e d p e r s o n n e l .

A WARNING Leave the operator's position.

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n u s i n g the r i d e - o n platform:
• O p é r a t e only with feet o n platform a n d h a n d s o n
A WARNING
c o n t r o l s or g r a b h a n d l e s .
• A l w a y s look in the d i r e c t i o n of t r a v e l . AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
• M a k e s u r e s w i n g á r e a is c l e a r of b y s t a n d e r s a n d B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :
objects. • L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n the
• Avoid drop-offs a n d o b s t a c l e s . ground.
W-2480-1003 • S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• M o v e all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
Entering
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Enter the operator's position at the rear of the mini loader.
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2722-0208
Engage the parking brake and place all controls in
neutral.

S e e the mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l


for detailed i n f o r m a t i o n on o p e r a t i n g the mini loader.

114 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 217
(CONT'D)

Installation

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

N O T E : T h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e for the
a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the l o w e r part of the f r a m e i s d e s i g n e d to
r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

A WARNING B-23271

W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .


y o u r safety. F a i l u r e to o b e y w a r n i n g s c a n c a u s e
s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h . Drive the mini loader slowly f o r w a r d until the top e d g e of
W-2744-0608 the Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y under the top f l a n g e of the
attachment [Figure 217].
A l w a y s inspect the mini loader's B o b - T a c h a n d the
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e before installation. S e e the N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s do not hit t h e
mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . ( S e e attachment.
DAILY I N S P E C T I O N o n P a g e 47.)
F i g u r e 218
F i g u r e 216

1 ¡y
b
i — i l
4 •A \

P-41502
B-23272

Pulí the Bob-Tach levers up until they a r e fully raised


( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 2 1 6 ] . Tilt the B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly
off the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 218]. T h i s will c a u s e t h e
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up against the front of
M o v e to the operator's position. ( S e e E n t e r i n g And
the B o b - T a c h .
L e a v i n g T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.)

S t a r t the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake. N O T E : W h e n l e a v i n g the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n to install


a n a t t a c h m e n t , tilt the a t t a c h m e n t until it i s
s l i g h t l y off the g r o u n d .

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

Leave the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n . (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

115 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 220
(CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Hand Lever Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H Frame Contact Points
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :
P-94955
• L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n the
ground.
• S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e . Both levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n when
• M o v e all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
locked [ F i g u r e 2 2 0 ] .
c o n t r o l s until they are L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
If both levers d o not e n g a g e in the locked position, s e e
S E E T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N & MAINTENANCE
y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2722-0208

F i g u r e 219 A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t be
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
allow a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.
W-2715-0208

F i g u r e 221

P u s h d o w n o n the Bob-Tach levers until t h e y are fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 219] ( w e d g e s
fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e
holes).

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e , securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to t h e B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 2 2 1 ] .

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on P a g e 135.)

116 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 223
(CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On)

F i g u r e 222

P-88686

Tilt t h e Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until the b r e a k e r is slightly off


the ground [Figure 223].

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e a n d stop t h e e n g i n e .

P-88687
L e a v e the operator's p o s i t i o n . (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)
Install the b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 222] o n t h e
mini loader. F i g u r e 224

Place the b r e a k e r o n a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 222].

Enter the operator's p o s i t i o n . ( S e e Entering A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.)

Start the e n g i n e a n d r e l é a s e the parking brake.

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .

Drive the mini l o a d e r f o r w a r d until the b r e a k e r mount


f r a m e e n g a g e s t h e b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 222].

Install the píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 2 4 ] .

117 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 226
(CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Bob-Tach/X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On) (Cont'd)

Figure 225

R o u t e the hydraulic h o s e s t h r o u g h the h o s e g u i d e s (Item


1) o n the breaker f r a m e [ F i g u r e 226].

C o n n e c t the h o s e c o u p l e r s to the l o a d e r quick c o u p l e r s .


( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on P a g e 120.)

Install the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 225].


Turn the h o s e s so the h o s e s a r e not t w i s t e d or kinked.

T i g h t e n the bolts to 170 - 190 N«m (125 - 140 ft-lb)


T h e h o s e s s h o u l d route smoothly through the hose
t o r q u e . Retired the bolts after every eight h o u r s of
g u i d e s to the breaker.
operation.

T h e h o s e s m u s t not c o n t a c t the tracks.


N O T E : Do not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
2 2 5 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

118 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S Rotate the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s as n e e d e d so the
(CONT'D) h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of
the mini loader or a t t a c h m e n t .
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
W i t h the twist(s) r e m o v e d f r o m the hydraulic h o s e s ,
For First Time Installation tighten the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s w h i l e
t h e c o u p l e r s a r e still c o n n e c t e d to the mini loader. T h i s
N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new mini l o a d e r s a r e factory will help hold the hydraulic h o s e s in position while
e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing an tightening.
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 6 3 N»m (46 ft-
the mini loader. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s Ib) t o r q u e before s t a r t i n g t h e mini loader.
information.
Enter the operator's position. (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

IMPORTANT Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e the mini loader's


• T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n
environmentally safe manner.
1-2278-0608
A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W i t h the mini loader e n g i n e off a n d u s i n g the h o s e g u i d e s
D i e s e l fuel or h y d r a u l i c fluid u n d e r p r e s s u r e c a n
(if e q u i p p e d ) , route the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to the
p e n é t r a t e s k i n or e y e s , c a u s i n g s e r i o u s injury or
mini loader. C o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic quick
d e a t h . F l u i d l e a k s u n d e r p r e s s u r e m a y not be v i s i b l e .
c o u p l e r s to the mini loader c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic
U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d or w o o d to find l e a k s . Do
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 120.)
not u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If fluid
e n t e r s s k i n or e y e s , get i m m e d i a t e m e d i c a l attention
C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s a r e not
f r o m a p h y s i c i a n familiar with t h i s injury.
t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of the mini loader
W-2072-0807
or a t t a c h m e n t .

N O T E : It m a y be n e c e s s a r y to l o o s e n the q u i c k Check the attachment hydraulic quick coupler


c o u p l e r s o n the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.
to r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in the h o s e s .

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the foliowing c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
• W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
• F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o ó s e material i s p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
• Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the quick coupler c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e a t t a c h m e n t


hydraulic h o s e s while c o n n e c t e d to t h e mini loader. Do
not r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

119 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)

Hydraulic Quick Couplers


A WARNING
AVOID B U R N S
H y d r a u l i c fluid, t u b e s , fittings a n d q u i c k c o u p l e r s

IMPORTANT c a n get hot w h e n r u n n i n g m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t s .


B e careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick
couplers.
• T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before W-2220-0396
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
To Connect:
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n
environmentally safe manner.
R e m o v e a n y dirt or d e b r i s f r o m the surface of both the
1-2278-0608
m a l e a n d f e m a l e c o u p l e r s , a n d f r o m the o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r
of the m a l e coupler. Visually c h e c k the c o u p l e r s for
N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new mini loaders a r e factory c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If any of
e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing an t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, the coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the [ F i g u r e 227].
a t t a c h m e n t couplers will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the mini loader. See your B o b c a t d e a l e r for parts Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full
information. c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball reléase sleeve slides
f o r w a r d on the f e m a l e coupler.
N O T E : Make s u r e the q u i c k c o u p l e r s a r e fully
e n g a g e d . If the q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o not fully N O T E : C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s
e n g a g e , c h e c k to s e e that the c o u p l e r s a r e the a r e not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g a n y m o v i n g
s a m e s i z e a n d type. p a r t s of the mini l o a d e r or a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e
F o r F i r s t T i m e Installation o n P a g e 119.) for
F i g u r e 227 proper adjustment.

To Disconnect:

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the mini loader's


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

P u s h the c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n the


f e m a l e c o u p l e r until the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

120 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 229
(CONT'D)

Control Functions

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See t h e mini loader's


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

N O T E : T h e a u x i l i a r y h y d r a u l i c s m u s t be activated
prior to a t t a c h m e n t o p e r a t i o n .

F i g u r e 228

Variable Flow

Pulí the auxiliary hydraulic control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


229] rearward for auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
f e m a l e coupler. T h e b r e a k e r will start. ( S e e t h e mini
loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.)

N O T E : H y d r a u l i c oil flow i n c r e a s e s to the c o u p l e r a s


the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229] is p u l l e d
rearward.
W i t h t h e o p e r a t o r at the operator's position at t h e rear of
Continuous Flow
the mini loader, start the e n g i n e . M o v e the A u x i l i a r y
H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 228] r e a r w a r d W h i l e holding the C o n t i n u o u s Flow Shutoff Lever (Item 2)
for auxiliary hydraulic flow to the front f e m a l e coupler. d o w n , pulí the Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1)
T h e hydraulic b r e a k e r will start. [ F i g u r e 229] all the way rearward until it locks (detent
position) for c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic oil flow to the front
M o v e t h e Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever to the neutral f e m a l e coupler. T h e b r e a k e r will start. ( S e e the mini
position to d i s e n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. T h e loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
hydraulic b r e a k e r will stop. (See the mini loader's d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.)
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.) If t h e C o n t i n u o u s Flow Shutoff Lever (Item 2) is r e l e a s e d
while in c o n t i n u o u s flow, the Auxiliary H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l
Lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229] will return to neutral after o n e
to three s e c o n d s a n d auxiliary hydraulic oil flow will stop.

To r e s u m e the c o n t i n u o u s flow o p e r a t i o n , m a k e s u r e the


Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1) is in neutral
a n d press d o w n on the C o n t i n u o u s F l o w Shutoff Lever.
M o v e the Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 229] all the way f o r w a r d or r e a r w a r d until it locks
(detent position).

N O T E : T h e C o n t i n u o u s F l o w S h u t o f f L e v e r (Item 2)
m u s t be in the U P p o s i t i o n a n d the A u x i l i a r y
H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l L e v e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229]
m u s t be in N E U T R A L to s t a r t t h e e n g i n e .

N O T E : T h e C o n t i n u o u s F l o w S h u t o f f L e v e r (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 229] m u s t return to t h e U P p o s i t i o n
when released.

121 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 230
(CONT'D)
Vertical Operating Position

O p e r a t i o n With T h e Mini L o a d e r

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r i s
in o p e r a t i o n .
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from
P-88721
equipment w h e n operating.
W-2627-0910

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 2 3 0 ] , o n


For the first t i m e u s e o n a rebuilt breaker, u s e low e n g i n e fíat material, keep the tool vertical or c u r l e d b a c k a small
r p m a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal a m o u n t to direct the impact forcé d o w n w a r d a n d slightly
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If the b r e a k e r t o w a r d the mini loader.
is u s e d without first f l o o d i n g the hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e m a y result. F i g u r e 231

Horizontal O p e r a t i n g P o s i t i o n
In c o l d w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the mini l o a d e r
hydraulic fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e before o p e r a t i n g
the breaker.

P-88720

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 2 3 1 ] ,


w o r k near the e d g e .

122 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
(CONT'D) the b r e a k e r :

O p e r a t i o n With T h e Mini L o a d e r ( C o n t ' d )


N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the o p e r a t o r will become
m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .
Tips / Recommendations
• B r e a k off small p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the
e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling material.

A WARNING • K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H • A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é by raising the front of the mini


• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles, loader slightly off t h e g r o u n d .
hard hat a n d n o i s e protection w h e n the b r e a k e r i s
in o p e r a t i o n . • A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c é for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) away from • M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool
equipment when operating. p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k the m a t e r i a l .
W-2627-0910
• Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s along a line w h e r e
y o u w a n t it to b r e a k .

• D e e p tool p e n e t r a t i o n is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


IMPORTANT ( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k t h e m a t e r i a l .

• C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
I-2205-0800 rebar.

• E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s forcé c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.

IMPORTANT • A l w a y s direct the forcé t o w a r d the point of the tool in


c o n t a c t with the m a t e r i a l .
Do not u s e t h e b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to m o v e
broken material. E x c e s s prying forcé c a n c a u s e
d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

123 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S F i g u r e 232
(CONT'D)

Removal

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat on t h e


ground. Lower or cióse the hydraulic equipment (if
equipped).

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t the
a t t a c h m e n t from f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the mini
loader.
Pulí the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e . ( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 232].

R e l é a s e auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . ( S e e


the mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for
correct p r o c e d u r e . ) A WARNING
Leave the operator's position. (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g
B o b - T a c h l e v e r s h a v e s p r i n g t e n s i ó n . Hold lever
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position on Page 114.)
tightly a n d r e l é a s e s l o w l y . F a i l u r e to o b e y w a r n i n g
c a n c a u s e injury.
W-2054-1285

A WARNING Enter the operator's p o s i t i o n . (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position on Page 114.)
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n : Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.
• L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n t h e
ground. F i g u r e 233
• S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• M o v e all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d o t h e r
c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & M A I N T E N A N C E
MANUAL FOR M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2722-0208

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . ( S e e


Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 120.)

B-23271

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d a n d drive the mini loader


b a c k w a r d , away f r o m the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 233].

124 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S Figure 235

(CONT'D)
R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Bob-Tach /X-Change Mounting Frame (Bolt-On)

Park the loader on a fíat a n d level surface.

L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to t h e g r o u n d .

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the mini loader's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and for correct
procedure.)

L e a v e the operator's p o s i t i o n . ( S e e Entering A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.) R e m o v e t h e píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 3 5 ] .

Disconnect auxiliary hydraulic hoses. (See Hydraulic E n t e r the operator's position. (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 120.) T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

F i g u r e 234 S t a r t the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

F i g u r e 236

P-88687
R e m o v e the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 234].

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g t h e mini loader


a w a y f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 3 6 ] .

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t the
a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to t h e g r o u n d , put
t h e a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m t h e mini
loader.

125 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 238
BACKHOES
LOADER
Approved Loader B a c k h o e Models And
Requirements

Figure 237
LOADER HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R
BACKHOE
MODEL 280 680 880 980 1180

B100 X X
B200 X X
B250 X X
B300 X
BL-370 X
BL-570 X X
(X = A p p r o v e d )
F i g u r e 239
T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 237] s h o w s the hydraulic b r e a k e r
m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h loader b a c k h o e BACKHOE
model.

W a r r a n t y on t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is void if u s e d on a n o n -
a p p r o v e d carrier. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a
c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

A WARNING
Never u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
T h e loader b a c k h o e must be e q u i p p e d with auxiliary
W-2662-0108
hydraulics [ F i g u r e 238] or [ F i g u r e 2 3 9 ] .

126 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Exiting
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t on the g r o u n d
Entering A n d Exiting The Loader B a c k h o e (slightly a b o v e g r o u n d w h e n installing buckets or
attachments).
Entering
M a k e s u r e all c o n t r o l s are in neutral.
Figure 240
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake.

Stop the e n g i n e .

Exit the loader b a c k h o e .

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Before you leave the operator's seat:
• L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t o n the
P-47559A
g r o u n d (slightly a b o v e g r o u n d w h e n i n s t a l l i n g
buckets and attachments).
• M a k e s u r e all c o n t r o l s a r e in neutral.
Use the s t e p s a n d grab h a n d l e to get on a n d off the
• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
loader b a c k h o e [ F i g u r e 240].
• S t o p the e n g i n e .
W-2467-0803
N O T E : Maintain three-point c o n t a c t at all t i m e s w h i l e
e n t e r i n g or exiting the loader b a c k h o e . Do not
jump.

F i g u r e 241

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . Fasten the seat belt snugly.


A d j u s t the seat belt so the belt is over the operator's hips
[ F i g u r e 241].

Put all c o n t r o l s in neutral position.

S e e the l o a d e r b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e


M a n u a l for d e t a i l e d information o n o p e r a t i n g the loader
backhoe.

127 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 242
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation

Hand Lever Bob-Tach

N O T E : T h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e for the
a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the lower part of the f r a m e i s d e s i g n e d to
r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

A WARNING P-41502

T h e s i g n a l word W A R N I N G on the m a c h i n e a n d in the


Pulí the Bob-Tach levers all the way up [ F i g u r e 2 4 2 ] .
m a n u a l s i n d i c a t e s a potentially h a z a r d o u s s i t u a t i o n
w h i c h , if not a v o i d e d , c o u l d result in d e a t h or s e r i o u s
Enter the loader b a c k h o e . (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e
injury.
L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)
W-2044-1107

Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the parking brake.

A
F i g u r e 243
WARNING
B e f o r e y o u leave the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :
• L o w e r the lift a r m ( s ) fully.
• S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
• Move all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
c o n t r o l s until they are L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2500-0404

A l w a y s ¡nspect the m a c h i n e s ' s Bob-Tach a n d the


B-23271
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e before installation. S e e the
m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . (See
A t t a c h m e n t M o u n t i n g Frame on Page 47.) Tilt the B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d . Drive the loader f o r w a r d until
t h e t o p e d g e of the Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y u n d e r t h e
f l a n g e of the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 2 4 3 ] .

Be s u r e the B o b - T a c h levers do not hit the hydraulic


breaker.

128 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Figure 245
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Hand Lever Bob-Tach (Cont'd)

A WARNING
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :
• L o w e r the lift a r m ( s ) fully.
• S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e . P-41502A
• Move all p e d á i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position. P u s h d o w n on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully
S E E T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N & MAINTENANCE e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 245].
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2500-0404 F i g u r e 246

F i g u r e 244

Frame Contact Points


P-94955

T h e levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n w h e n locked


B-23272
[Figure 246].

If the levers d o not e n g a g e in the locked p o s i t i o n , s e e


Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e Bob-Tach is tight y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .
a g a i n s t the lower part of t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e
[ F i g u r e 244].

Do not raise the lift a r m s . T h i s c a n c a u s e the a t t a c h m e n t


m o u n t i n g f r a m e to m o v e a w a y f r o m the B o b - T a c h .

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d s t o p t h e e n g i n e .

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)

129 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Pin-On X-Change
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
N O T E : A n e x c a v a t o r i s s h o w n in the p i c t u r e s , but the
Installation ( C o n t ' d ) p r o c e d u r e is the s a m e for both e x c a v a t o r s
and loader b a c k h o e s .
Hand Lever Bob-Tach (Cont'd)
Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d
the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.

A WARNING Enter the loader b a c k h o e . (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)
B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s in
a t t a c h m e n t . L e v e r ( s ) m u s t be fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e
F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n allow a t t a c h m e n t to M a n u a l to correctly o p é r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .
c o m e off a n d c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2102-0497 Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.


F i g u r e 247

M o v e t h e a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

F i g u r e 248

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


m o u n t i n g f r a m e of the a t t a c h m e n t , securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 247].

R a i s e the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 248]


e n g a g e the h o o k s o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

130 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 250
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Pin-On X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 249

P-49705

Inspect the pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 250] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .

A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 250].

F i g u r e 251
R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t b a c k [ F i g u r e 2 4 9 ] .

W i t h the a r m vertical, lower t h e b o o m until t h e h o o k s


(Item 1) of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item
2) of the X - C h a n g e a n d the píate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 249]
fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

A WARNING
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t
w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2119-0910

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 251] t h r o u g h the breaker


E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e . mount and X-Change.

Relieve hydraulic pressure. (See the machine's


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

131 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Bolt-On X-Change
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

A
Installation (Cont'd)

Pin-On X-Change (Cont'd)


WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Figure 252
N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
a t t a c h m e n t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2052-0907

Place the b r e a k e r o n blocks.

F i g u r e 253

P-61760B

Install the retainer pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 2 5 2 ] .

P-61704

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up
[ F i g u r e 253].

E n t e r the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n P a g e 127.)

S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e


M a n u a l to correctly o p é r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .

Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.

132 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Figure 256
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

Bolt-On X-Change (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 254

Install the píate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 256].

F i g u r e 257

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the breaker. R a i s e the b o o m until


the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 254]
on the m o u n t .

F i g u r e 255

Install the t w o bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 257]. T i g h t e n the


bolts to 1 7 0 - 190 N»m ( 1 2 5 - 140 ft-lb) t o r q u e . R e - t o r q u e
the bolts after every eight h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .

N O T E : Do Not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


2 5 7 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
Raise the b o o m , a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the during operation.

X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 2 5 5 ] .

W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until the h o o k s


(Item 1) of the b r e a k e r d i s e n g a g e t h e pins (Item 2) of the
X - C h a n g e a n d píate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 255] fully e n g a g e s
in the c r o s s m e m b e r .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e .

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n P a g e 127.)

133 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)
A WARNING
X-Change System AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
N e v e r u s e the X - C h a n g e p i n s o n l y to lift the
F i g u r e 258 a t t a c h m e n t . T h e a t t a c h m e n t c a n d i s e n g a g e a n d fall.
W-2277-1297

F i g u r e 260

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d a r e facing up
[ F i g u r e 258].

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


Loader B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.) R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
X - C h a n g e s e a t s in the m a t i n g área of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e
See the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e [ F i g u r e 260].
M a n u a l to correctly o p é r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .
C o n t i n u é to e x t e n d the bucket cylinder to raise the point
Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake. of the b r e a k e r off the g r o u n d .

Fully retract the bucket cylinder. W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m to the g r o u n d until
the h o o k s of the breaker f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins of the
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e . X-Change and the píate fully engages in the
c r o s s m e m b e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 260] locking t h e b r e a k e r
F i g u r e 259 f r a m e to the X - C h a n g e .

Raise the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 259] o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

134 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R To Disconnect:
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s
Hydraulic Quick Couplers O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct procedure.)
Rotate the ball reléase sleeve so that the g r o o v e s (Item
2) are a l i g n e d with the pins (Item 1) in the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
[ F i g u r e 261].
IMPORTANT
P u s h the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to relieve any resistance o n
• T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before the sleeve. retract the sleeve o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r until
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .
system.
• C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n F i g u r e 262
environmentally safe manner.
1-2278-0608

New attachments and new machines are factory


e q u i p p e d with f l u s h face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the m a c h i n e . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for parts
information.

N O T E : M a k e s u r e the q u i c k c o u p l e r s a r e fully
e n g a g e d . If the q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o not fully
e n g a g e , c h e c k to s e e that the c o u p l e r s a r e the
s a m e size and type.

F i g u r e 261

F l u s h F a c e C o u p l e r With L o c k i n g C o l l a r To Connect:

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball reléase sleeve slides
forward on the f e m a l e c o u p l e r [ F i g u r e 262].

For First Time Installation:

W i t h the m a c h i n e e n g i n e off, c o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t


c o u p l e r s to the m a c h i n e c o u p l e r s . C h e c k the a t t a c h m e n t
h o s e s so the h o s e s not t w i s t e d a n d they route to the
m a c h i n e without c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts. T i g h t e n all
c o n n e c t i o n s before s t a r t i n g the loader b a c k h o e .

To Disconnect:

To Connect: Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct procedure.)
Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full Push the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to relieve any resistance o n
c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball r e l é a s e sleeve slides the sleeve. retract the sleeve o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r until
f o r w a r d o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r a n d the sleeve is r o t a t e d the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t [ F i g u r e 2 6 2 ] .
so that the locking pins (Item 1) a n d the g r o o v e (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 261] do N O T align ( L o c k e d Position). T h i s will
prevent a c c i d e n t a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n .

N O T E : If the l o c k i n g p i n s a n d g r o o v e s a r e a l i g n e d
(Item 3) [Figure 261], accidental
d i s c o n n e c t i o n is p o s s i b l e .

135 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R Loader Auxiliary Hydraulic Controls
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
F i g u r e 265
Control F u n c t i o n s

E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e the loader


backhoe's Operation & Maintenance Manual and
O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

N O T E : W h e n u s i n g the b r e a k e r , pressurize the


f e m a l e c o u p l e r only.

Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Controls

Figure 263

F i g u r e 266

P-49086A

F i g u r e 264

T h e loader auxiliary hydraulic c o u p l e r s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


265] are c o n t r o l l e d by the loader auxiliary hydraulic
control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 266] l o c a t e d on the right
side of the operator's seat.

M o v e the lever in slightly (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 266] for


f o r w a r d hydraulic flow to the f e m a l e c o u p l e r ( p r e s s u r i z e s
the f e m a l e c o u p l e r ) for b r e a k e r o p e r a t i o n .

M o v e the lever all the w a y in to the detent position (Item


3) [ F i g u r e 266] to lock the auxiliary hydraulics for
c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic flow to the front f e m a l e coupler.
T h e b a c k h o e auxiliary hydraulic c o u p l e r s (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 263] are controlled by the b a c k h o e auxiliary
hydraulic control buttons (Item 1 a n d Item 2) [ F i g u r e 264]
on the b a c k h o e control handles.

Press a n d hold the right button (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 264] for


hydraulic flow ( e n e r g i z e s the f e m a l e coupler) for b r e a k e r
operation.

136 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 268
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Vertical Operating Position (Backhoe)
O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r B a c k h o e

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
• Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
hard hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is í
in o p e r a t i o n .
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from
equipment when operating. P-88719

W-2627-0910

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 267] or


For the first time use on a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e [ F i g u r e 2 6 8 ] , on fíat material, k e e p the tool vertical or
r p m a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal c u r l e d b a c k a small a m o u n t to direct the i m p a c t f o r c é
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If the b r e a k e r d o w n w a r d a n d slightly t o w a r d t h e loader.
is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g the hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e may result. F i g u r e 269

Horizontal Operating Position (Loader)


In cold w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the loader b a c k h o e s
hydraulic fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e before o p e r a t i n g
the breaker.

F i g u r e 267
Vertical Operating Position (Loader)

P-88720

F i g u r e 270

Horizontal Operating Position (Backhoe)

P-88721

P-88718

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 269] or


[ F i g u r e 270], w o r k near the e d g e .

137 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D) the breaker:

O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r B a c k h o e ( C o n t ' d ) N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the o p e r a t o r will become


m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .
Tips / Ftecommendations
• B r e a k off small pieces to prevent d a m a g e to the
e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling material.

A WARNING • K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H • A p p l y penetrating f o r c é by raising the front of the


• Operator and b y s t a n d e r s must wear goggles, loader b a c k h o e slightly off the g r o u n d .
hard hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n . • A p p l y penetrating forcé for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .
• D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
• K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from • M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool
equipment when operating. p e n e t r a t e s but does not crack the m a t e r i a l .
W-2627-0910
• Strike the material s e v e r a l places a l o n g a line w h e r e
y o u w a n t it to break.

• D e e p tool penetration is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


IMPORTANT ( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k the m a t e r i a l .

• C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


Avoid B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . Use a chisel point tool to cut the
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r i s not in u s e .
I-2205-0800 rebar.

• E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s forcé can c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,


p o o r b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.

IMPORTANT • A l w a y s direct the forcé t o w a r d the point of the tool in


c o n t a c t with the material.
Do not u s e the b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to m o v e
b r o k e n material. E x c e s s p r y i n g forcé c a n c a u s e
d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

138 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 272
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Removal

A WARNING
AVOID B U R N S
H y d r a u l i c fluid, t u b e s , fittings a n d q u i c k c o u p l e r s
c a n get hot w h e n r u n n i n g m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t s .
Be careful w h e n connecting and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396
B-23271

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e t h e loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . ) Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g the machine
a w a y f r o m the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 2 7 2 ] .
D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic hoses. (See Hydraulic
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 135.) N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t the
a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
Hand Lever Bob-Tach the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t from the l o a d e r
F i g u r e 271 backhoe.

1 filfil

1 i \
A

P-41502B
\

Pulí t h e B o b - T a c h levers all the way up [ F i g u r e 2 7 1 ] .

Enter t h e loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)

Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

139 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
A WARNING
Pin-On X-Change AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
Select a fíat a n d level surface. of the following c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
• W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
Position the a r m vertically, lower the b r e a k e r to the
• F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o ó s e material i s p r e s e n t .
g r o u n d . E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop e n g i n e .
• Engine is running.
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the l o a d e r b a c k h o e ' s • Tools are being u s e d .
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . ) W-2019-0907

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


F i g u r e 275
L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on Page 135.)

F i g u r e 273

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)
P-61760B
Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 7 3 ] . Lift the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) a n d fully


retract the bucket cylinder to d i s e n g a g e the b r e a k e r
F i g u r e 274 [ F i g u r e 275].

L o w e r the b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) a r e


clear of the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 2 7 5 ] .

M o v e t h e a r m t o w a r d the m a c h i n e until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 274] out of the b r e a k e r a n d


X-Change Mount.

140 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R F i g u r e 277
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Removal (Cont'd)

Bolt-On X-Change

F i g u r e 276

R e m o v e the t w o bolts (Item 1) a n d píate (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


277].

F i g u r e 278
P-61761

Select a fíat a n d level s u r f a c e .

Position the a r m vertically a n d put the breaker o n the


ground [Figure 276].

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.)
P-61756

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 135.) Enter the backhoe. (See Entering And Exiting The
L o a d e r B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.)

Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

R a i s e the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) until the


X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 278] o n the breaker.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r i s not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

141 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R X-Change System
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
S e l e c t a fíat a n d level suríace.
Removal (Cont'd)
Position t h e a r m vertically, lower the b r e a k e r to the
Bolt-On X-Change (Cont'd) g r o u n d . E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

F i g u r e 279 Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

D i s c o n n e c t t h e auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on P a g e 135.)

F i g u r e 280

Fully retract the bucket cylinder a n d lower the b o o m a n d


a r m until the b r e a k e r is o n the g r o u n d , a n d the X - C h a n g e
pins (Item 1) are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[Figure 279].

Move the a r m t o w a r d the loader b a c k h o e until t h e X-


C h a n g e pins are clear of the breaker. P-617752

Install the X - C h a n g e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 280] in the


latch.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

142 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

A
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Removal (Cont'd)
WARNING
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t
X-Change System (Cont'd)
w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
F i g u r e 281
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 283

Pulí the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 281] a w a y f r o m the


m a c h i n e , to unlock the latch. R e m o v e the tool.

F i g u r e 282 Fully retract the bucket cylinder. L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m


until the b r e a k e r is o n t h e g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins
(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 283] are clear of t h e breaker.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the m a c h i n e until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

P-61756

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

Start the e n g i n e a n d reléase the p a r k i n g brake.

Lift the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in), until t h e X-


C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
282] o n the breaker.

143 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


LIFTING T H E ATTACHMENT F i g u r e 286

Fasten the c h a i n s to the breaker [ F i g u r e 284] and


[Figure 285].

144 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


LIFTING T H E ATTACHMENT (CONT'D) Figure 289

Fasten the c h a i n s to the breaker [ F i g u r e 287] and


[ F i g u r e 288].

145 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT ON A T R A I L E R F i g u r e 292

Fastening

Bob-Tach Mounting Frame

F i g u r e 290

Fasten the c h a i n s to the breaker a n d to the t r a n s p o n


vehicle [ F i g u r e 2 9 0 ] , [ F i g u r e 291] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 2 ] .

U s e c h a i n b i n d e r s to prevent the b r e a k e r f r o m m o v i n g
during transport.

S e c u r e the hydraulic h o s e s to the breaker.

146 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT ON A T R A I L E R Figure 295
(CONT'D)

Fastening (Cont'd)

X-Change Or Pin-On Mounting Frame

Figure 293

Fasten the c h a i n s to the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 9 3 ] , [ F i g u r e


2 9 4 ] , a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 5 ] a n d to t h e t r a n s p o r t vehicle.

Figure 296

Figure 294

For pin on b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g t r a m e s , install the pin (Item


1) a n d retainer (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 2 9 6 ] in the m o u n t i n g
frame.

Install the c h a i n s (Item 3) a r o u n d the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


2 9 6 ] a n d to the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.

Fasten the c h a i n s to the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 9 3 ] , [ F i g u r e


2 9 4 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 5 ] a n d to the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.

U s e c h a i n binders to prevent the b r e a k e r f r o m m o v i n g


during transport.

S e c u r e the hydraulic h o s e s to the breaker.

147 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT AND MACHINE
ON A T R A I L E R

Loading And Fastening

A WARNING
AVOID S E R I O U S INJURY O R D E A T H
A d e q u a t e l y d e s i g n e d r a m p s of s u f f i c i e n t s t r e n g t h a r e
n e e d e d to s u p p o r t the w e i g h t of the m a c h i n e w h e n
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood r a m p s c a n
b r e a k a n d c a u s e p e r s o n a l injury.
W-2058-0807

Be s u r e t h e t r a n s p o r t a n d t o w i n g v e h i c l e s a r e of
a d e q u a t e size a n d c a p a c i t y for weight of m a c h i n e a n d
a t t a c h m e n t c o m b i n a t i o n . (See m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l s for specifications.)

Loading

T h e rear of the trailer must be blocked or s u p p o r t e d w h e n


loading a n d u n l o a d i n g to prevent the front of the trailer
f r o m raising.

• L o a d the h e a v i e s t e n d of the m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
c o m b i n a t i o n first.

• L o w e r the a t t a c h m e n t to the floor.

• Stop the engine.

• E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake (if e q u i p p e d ) .

• Exit t h e m a c h i n e . (See the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &


M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Fastening

Install t h e c h a i n s at the front a n d rear tie d o w n positions


o n t h e m a c h i n e . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to properly c h a i n the m a c h i n e to
the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.)

• Install c h a i n s on the a t t a c h m e n t (if n e e d e d ) .

• F a s t e n e a c h e n d of the c h a i n to the t r a n s p o r t v e h i c l e .

N O T E : U s e c h a i n b i n d e r s to prevent the a t t a c h m e n t
a n d m a c h i n e from m o v i n g d u r i n g t r a n s p o r t .

148 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SAFETY 151

TROUBLESHOOTING 153
Chart 153

SERVICE SCHEDULE 155


Chart 155

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS 156


Weekly Inspection 156
Retaining Band Replacement 159
Nitrogen Chamber 160

LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT 164


Lubrication Locations 164

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL 166


Procedure (External Retaining Band) 166
Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) 173

ATTACHMENT STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE 177


Storage 177
Return To Service 177

149 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


MAINTENANCE SAFETY
I n s t r u c t i o n s are n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e o p e r a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g m a c h i n e . Read a n d
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook and

A WARNING s i g n s ( d e c a l s ) o n m a c h i n e . F o l l o w w a r n i n g s a n d i n s t r u c t i o n s in t h e m a n u a l s
w h e n m a k i n g r e p a i r s , a d j u s t m e n t s or s e r v i c i n g . C h e c k f o r c o r r e c t f u n c t i o n after
a d j u s t m e n t s , r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e . U n t r a i n e d o p e r a t o r s a n d f a i l u r e t o f o l l o w
i n s t r u c t i o n s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h . W-2003-O807

A S a f e t y A l e r t S y m b o l : T h i s s y m b o l w i t h a w a r n i n g s t a t e m e n t , m e a n s : " W a r n i n g , b e a l e r t ! Y o u r s a f e t y is
i n v o l v e d ! " C a r e f u l l y r e a d t h e m e s s a g e tríat f o l l o w s .

CORRECT

P-90216

Never service attachments / implements without


i n s t r u c t i o n s . See O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d
Attachment / Implement Service Manual.

A\g a n d m a i n t e n a n c e are r e q u i r e d daily.

Never s e r v i c e or a d j u s t a t t a c h m e n t / i m p l e m e n t w i t h t h e
~ " e n g i n e r u n n i n g u n l e s s i n s t r u c t e d t o d o s o in m a n u a l .

Ah A l w a y s lower the attachment / implement to the ground


b e f o r e l u b r i c a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g .

¡X A v o i d c o n t a c t w i t h l e a k i n g h y d r a u l i c f l u i d or d i e s e l f u e l
u n d e r p r e s s u r e . It c a n p e n é t r a t e s k i n or e y e s .

/ t ¡ \, c o o l a n d clean e n g i n e of f l a m m a b l e materials before


checking fluids.

/ ' y \p body, l o ó s e o b j e c t s a n d c l o t h i n g away f r o m m o v i n g


p a r t s , electrical c o n t a c t s , hot parts a n d exhaust.

./ít\y g l a s s e s are n e e d e d for eye p r o t e c t i o n f r o m electrical


ares, battery a c i d , c o m p r e s s e d s p r i n g s , f l u i d s under
p r e s s u r e a n d f l y i n g d e b r i s or w h e n t o o l s are used. Use eye
p r o t e c t i o n a p p r o v e d for t y p e of w e i d i n g .

MSW30-0409

151 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


TROUBLESHOOTING

Chart

I n s t r u c t i o n s are n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e o p e r a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g m a c h i n e . Read a n d
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook and
s i g n s ( d e c a l s ) o n m a c h i n e . F o l l o w w a r n i n g s a n d i n s t r u c t i o n s in t h e m a n u a l s
A WARNING w h e n m a k i n g r e p a i r s , a d j u s t m e n t s or s e r v i c i n g . C h e c k for c o r r e c t f u n c t i o n
after a d j u s t m e n t s , r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e . U n t r a i n e d o p e r a t o r s a n d f a i l u r e t o f o l l o w
i n s t r u c t i o n s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h . w-?nm-nfin7

If the a t t a c h m e n t is not w o r k i n g correctly, c h e c k the hydraulic s y s t e m of the m a c h i n e t h o r o u g h l y before m a k i n g any repairs


on t h e a t t a c h m e n t . A t t a c h m e n t p r o b l e m s c a n be a f f e c t e d by a hydraulic s y s t e m that is not o p e r a t i n g to specifications.
C o n n e c t a flow m e t e r to the m a c h i n e to c h e c k the hydraulic p u m p output, relief v a l v e setting a n d t u b e lines to c h e c k flow
a n d p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s S e r v i c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e to c o n n e c t the flow meter.)

U s e the f o l l o w i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g chart to lócate a n d correct p r o b l e m s w h i c h m o s t often o c c u r with the a t t a c h m e n t .

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

B r e a k e r will not fire. M a c h i n e fluid reservoir is low. A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir.
H y d r a u l i c h o s e s c o n n e c t e d to w r o n g Reverse hydraulic h o s e s .
ports.

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s . R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too low. Adjust m a i n relief valve to correct setting.

N o hydraulic flow to the breaker. C h e c k the hydraulic flow to the breaker.

M a c h i n e hydraulic p u m p not w o r k i n g . C h e c k flow of hydraulic p u m p .


Repair or replace as n e e d e d .
Oil in the air c h a m b e r . D a m a g e d internal seáis, replace seáis. (See
Breaker Service Manual).
R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d or installed R e p l a c e regulator ring. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
backward. Manual).
Tool b u s h i n g is w o r n . Replace bushing.

B r e a k e r stops after three b l o w s . R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d . R e p l a c e regulator ring. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e


Manual).
B r e a k e r runs v e r y slowly or blow M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too low. A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.
per m i n u t e r e d u c i n g .
Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow. Test hydraulics for c o r r e c t flow a n d p r e s s u r e .
E x c e s s i v e heat build up. C h e c k oil c o o l e r for d e b r i s a n d air flow C h e c k
relief valve p r e s s u r e .

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s . R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .
Internal l e a k a g e . C h e c k seáis a n d O-rings in the breaker.
C h e c k p i s t ó n , sleeve a n d s e a l c a r r i e r f o r
wear. ( S e e the B r e a k e r S e r v i c e M a n u a l ) .

No b r e a k i n g forcé a n d h o s e s j u m p i n g . C h e c k d i a p h r a g m for d a m a g e . ( S e e the


Breaker Service Manual).

T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g c h a r t c o n t i n u e d on next p a g e .

153 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D)

Chart (Cont'd)

PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

B r e a k e r fires erratically. M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.
low.

Excessive back pressure. C h e c k for p l u g g e d or bent return lines.

Low fluid level. A d d fluid to the reservoir as n e e d e d .


Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow. Test hydraulics for correct flow a n d p r e s s u r e .

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s . R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .
Tool b i n d i n g . A d d g r e a s e to the tool s h a n k fitting.

B r e a k e r runs for t w e n t y m i n u t e s Oil o v e r h e a t i n g . C l e a n m a c h i n e radiator.


t h e n s t o p s . B r e a k e r will restart
A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.
after thirty m i n u t e s of idle t i m e .
A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir
B r e a k e r distributor d a m a g e f r o m R e p l a c e distributor. (See B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
overheating. Manual).

B r e a k e r lacks striking forcé. R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d . R e p l a c e regulator ring. (See B r e a k e r S e r v i c e


Manual).

Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow. Test hydraulics for correct flow a n d p r e s s u r e .

A c c u m u l a t o r nitrogen p r e s s u r e low. C h e c k nitrogen p r e s s u r e . If oil in a c c u m u l a t o r


c h a m b e r , replace d i a p h r a g m . If p r e s s u r e low,
r e c h a r g e nitrogen. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

M a k e s u r e nitrogen fill plug is installed a n d


t o r q u e to specifications.
Tool is b r o k e n inside b u s h i n g . R e p l a c e tool.

E x c e s s i v e heat build up. Blank firing. Refer to the hydraulic controls section for
correct o p e r a t i n g p r o c e d u r e .
M a c h i n e fluid reservoir is low. A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir.

H y d r a u l i c h o s e s b e t w e e n b r e a k e r N i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e is low. C h e c k nitrogen p r e s s u r e . If oil in a c c u m u l a t o r


a n d m a c h i n e are pulsing m o r e A c c u m u l a t o r nitrogen p r e s s u r e is c h a m b e r , replace d i a p h r a g m . If p r e s s u r e low,
than normal. low. r e c h a r g e nitrogen. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

H y d r a u l i c oil o n b r e a k e r tool. D a m a g e d pistón seáis. R e p l a c e seáis. (See Breaker S e r v i c e M a n u a l ) .


Tool b r e a k a g e . Firing w i t h o u t sufficient d o w n forcé A p p l y additional d o w n forcé with the m a c h i n e .
on t h e t o o l .
U s i n g t h e tool a s a pry bar. O n l y use p e r p e n d i c u l a r d o w n forcé o n the tool
w h e n b r e a k i n g , d o not pry with tool.

G r i n d i n g o n the side face of the t o o l . G r i n d i n g on the side face of the tool m a y c a u s e


fatigue points or stress á r e a s o n the tool.
Tool c o r r o s i ó n . If the b r e a k e r or tool is u n u s e d for e x t e n d e d
p e r i o d s of t i m e , retract tool a n d g r e a s e t h e
o u t s i d e of the tool.
C o l d tool. If u s e d in cold weather, keep tool in a w a r m
á r e a prior to u s a g e .

S e e the following t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g c h a r t also.

154 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D) SERVICE S C H E D U L E

Chart (Cont'd) Chart

CHARGING

A WARNING
AFFECTED ON BREAKER
INFORMATION

A c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e ¡s R e d u c e d life of t h e d i a p h r a g m -
low. possibly forcing the d i a p h r a g m
AVOID BURNS
Tool t i p m a y b e h o t a f t e r o p e r a t i n g .
into t h e s c h r a d e r valve inflation
Use gloves w h e n working with tool.
hole.
A c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e is R e d u c e d d i a p h r a g m life -
too high. possibly forcing t h e d i a p h r a g m
into the grid holes. SERVICE SCHEDULE
Figure 297
Pressure Possible Solution GREASE
Measured Cause 5 TO 6 PUMPS

0 - 2 4 8 2 kPa Diaphragm Replace EVERY 4 H O U R S .


(0 - 2 5 bar) d a m a g e d or diaphragm.
(0 - 3 6 0 psi) deflated. Charge
Nitrogen
Chamber.

2 4 8 2 - 3 9 9 8 kPa OK
(25 - 4 0 bar)
(360 - 5 8 0 psi)

Above Diaphragm Replace


3 9 8 8 kPa damaged. diaphragm. 6! 85a SW 7112678
(40 bar)
( 5 8 0 psi)
N O T E : P u s h t o o l in b e f o r e g r e a s i n g .
Charging Information
A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6) p u m p s to the g r e a s e fitting e v e r y 4
C o r r e c t nitrogen c h a r g e p r e s s u r e is a n i m p o r t a n t factor in h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .
the s e r v i c e life of t h e b r e a k e r d i a p h r a g m [ F i g u r e 2 9 7 ] .
NOTE: For detailed lubrication information, (See
W h e n the c h a r g e is too low, the b r e a k e r will cycle faster L u b r i c a t i o n L o c a t i o n s o n P a g e 164.)
t h a n i n t e n d e d r e d u c i n g the life of t h e d i a p h r a g m . Low
c h a r g e also c a u s e s the b r e a k e r to not hit a s hard as
d e s i g n e d , r e d u c i n g p e r f o r m a n c e . W h e n t h e c h a r g e is too
h i g h , the b r e a k e r will c y c l e s l o w e r t h a n i n t e n d e d a n d
build e x c e s s i v e heat affecting the p e r f o r m a n c e a n d
s e r v i c e life of t h e b r e a k e r a n d carrier. A s e r v i c e interval of
e v e r y 12 m o n t h s has b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d for c h e c k i n g
nitrogen charge.

N O T E : If o i l i s d e t e c t e d in t h e n i t r o g e n , the
d i a p h r a g m is d a m a g e d a n d m u s t b e r e p l a c e d .
(See y o u r Bobcat dealer for additional
information.)

155 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS Inspect both e n d s of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 9 8 ] a n d
[ F i g u r e 2 9 9 ] for d a m a g e a n d / or c r a c k s . R e p l a c e the
Weekly Inspection tool if d a m a g e d or w o r n .

Inspect the side e d g e s of t h e retaining pin g r o o v e (Item

A WARNING
2) [ F i g u r e 2 9 8 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 9 ] . If metal burrs are
p r e s e n t on the outer e d g e , carefully file or grind the burrs.
Do not grind on the d i a m e t e r of the tool. G r i n d the tool
length w a y s , N O T side w a y s . Do not w e l d on the tool.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety g l a s s e s t o prevent eye injury w h e n any
Figure 300
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:
• W h e n fluids are under pressure.
• F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o ó s e material is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
• Tools are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

A WARNING
AVOID BURN INJURY
Breaker t o o l c a n be h o t after use. Let breaker tool
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.
W-2204-0905
U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to i n s p e c t the tool
retainer pin (Item 2) for wear. R e p l a c e the pin if the
Figure 298
m a i n t e n a n c e tool notch (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 0 ] fits over the
pin a l o n g the length of the p i n . Inspect t h e pin a l o n g the
entire length.

R e p l a c e the pin if d a m a g e d .

P-61727

Figure 299
CORRECT

156 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D) For All Models

Weekly Inspection (Cont'd) C h e c k t h e internal w e a r o n t h e b u s h i n g .

F i g u r e 301 Install t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) into t h e b u s h i n g


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 2 ] as s h o w n a n d rotate t h e tool 1 8 0 °
to c h e c k t h e chamfer.

R e p l a c e t h e b u s h i n g if t h e t a b s (Item 1) o n t h e
m a i n t e n a n c e tool c o n t a c t t h e e n d of t h e b u s h i n g (Item 2)
at any point of t h e d i a m e t e r of t h e b u s h i n g (Item 3)
[Figure 302].

NOTE: The bushing is s h o w n removed for photo


clarity.

NOTE: Failure to replace a w o r n b u s h i n g m a y result


in r e d u c e d p e r f o r m a n c e .

P-61827 Figure 303

External Retaining Band


For Models HB280, HB680, HB880, And HB980

Check the end chamfer on the bushing.

Instad t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) into t h e b u s h i n g


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 1 ] a s s h o w n a n d roíate t h e tool 180°
to c h e c k the chamfer.

R e p l a c e t h e b u s h i n g if t h e t a b s ( I t e m 1) on t h e tool
c o n t a c t t h e e n d of b u s h i n g (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 1 ] at any
point.

NOTE: The bushing is s h o w n removed for photo


clarity. P-61740

NOTE: Failure to replace a w o r n b u s h i n g may result Inspect t h e retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 3 ] for w e a r


in r e d u c e d p e r f o r m a n c e . or d a m a g e .

Figure 302 R e p l a c e t h e retaining b a n d if a g a p of m o r e t h a n 2 m m


(0.08 in) c a n b e m e a s u r e d at any point b e t w e e n t h e side
of t h e b a n d a n d the side of t h e h o u s i n g (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
303].

157 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D)

Weekly Inspection (Cont'd)

For All Models (Cont'd)

Figure 304

Infernal Retaining Band

If the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 4 ] is d a m a g e d ,


s e e y o u r B o b c a t dealer for r e p l a c e m e n t i n f o r m a t i o n a n d
parts.

T h e b r e a k e r will n e e d to be r e m o v e d f r o m the m o u n t i n g
f r a m e to s e r v i c e the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 4 ] .

158 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D) Figure 306

Retaining Band Replacement

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR D E A T H
Wear safety g l a s s e s t o prevent eye injury w h e n any
of t h e f o l i o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
• W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
• F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o ó s e material is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g . P-63775
• Tools are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907
U s i n g a s e c o n d block of w o o d (Item 1) a n d a h a m m e r ,
forcé the retaining b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 6 ] over the
Figure 305 e n d of the breaker.

After the retaining b a n d is positioned over t h e b r e a k e r


f r a m e , use the g a u g e tool to reposition the retaining b a n d
o n the b r e a k e r f r a m e .

Position the b r e a k e r so the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 0 5 ] is facing up.

Install a block of w o o d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 5 ] u n d e r the


breaker.

Position the retaining b a n d (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 5 ] over the


e n d of the b r e a k e r with the slot in the retainer b a n d facing
up.

159 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D) F i g u r e 308

Nitrogen Chamber

Checking The Nitrogen Chamber Charge Pressure

Use the following p r o c e d u r e to c h e c k the nitrogen c h a r g e


pressure.

N O T E : H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in t h e b r e a k e r c a n affect
checking the accumulator charge pressure.
Before c h e c k i n g the charge pressure, relieve
the hydraulic pressure.

T h e b r e a k e r c h e c k valve is located under the b r e a k e r


m o u n t i n g f r a m e . R e m o v e the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e . P-61816A

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 8 ] .

A WARNING N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 8 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r before
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH removing.
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t : Figure 309
• W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .
• F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o ó s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
• T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

Use the nitrogen a c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e p r e s s u r e gauge


M E L 1 5 2 3 B to c h e c k the p r e s s u r e .

Figure 307

P18084

Install the correct a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 9 ] on the


gauge.

P-61820

Block up the b r e a k e r so the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 7 ] is


not u n d e r p r e s s u r e a n d is not in c o n t a c t with the nitrogen
chamber.

160 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


R E G U L A R M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D) Figure 312

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)

Checking The Nitrogen Chamber Charge Pressure


(Cont'd)

Figure 310

3,2 m m ( 0 . 1 2 5 i n )

• M

Install the g a u g e / a d a p t e r o n the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 3 1 2 ] .

T i g h t e n the a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 2 ] on the breaker.

P-42758 Figure 313

M e a s u r e the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 0 ] p r o t r u s i o n .

M a n u a l l y e x t e n d or retract the pin until t h e pin m e a s u r e s


3,2 m m (0.125 in) f r o m pin tip to a d a p t e r face [ F i g u r e
310].

F i g u r e 311

Slowly t u r n t h e g a u g e valve b o d y (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 3 ]


c l o c k w i s e until the g a u g e s h o w s a reading. If the
p r e s s u r e is low, r e c h a r g e the breaker. S e e your B o b c a t
dealer for available kits.

P-42759

L o o s e n the a d a p t e r until the pin is f l u s h with t h e e n d of


the a d a p t e r as s h o w n [ F i g u r e 3 1 1 ] .

161 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


R E G U L A R M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D) F i g u r e 315

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)

Discharging The Nitrogen Chamber

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety g l a s s e s to prevent eye i n j u r y w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:
• W h e n fluids are under pressure.
• F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o ó s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
U s i n g a small shaft, p u s h the valve (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 5 ]
• T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907 i n w a r d to reléase the gas p r e s s u r e .

N O T E : If o i l i s d e t e c t e d i n t h e n i t r o g e n , the
T h e b r e a k e r c h e c k valve is located u n d e r the b r e a k e r d i a p h r a g m is d a m a g e d a n d m u s t b e r e p l a c e d .
m o u n t i n g f r a m e . R e m o v e the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e . (See y o u r Bobcat dealer for additional
information.)
Figure 314
Install the plug in the c h a r g e valve.

T i g h t e n the plug to 3 7 N»m (27 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

N O T E : W h e n i n d o u b t of n i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e o r
w h e n recharging a hot breaker, reléase the
nitrogen pressure completely and recharge
the nitrogen chamber.

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 4 ] f r o m the c h a r g e


valve.

N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 4 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r before
removing.

162 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D) Figure 318

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)

Charging The Nitrogen Chamber

NOTE: W h e n in d o u b t of n i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e or
w h e n recharging a hot breaker, reléase the
nitrogen pressure completely and recharge
the nitrogen chamber.

Figure 316

P18097

Install the a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 8 ] on the " A b o v e


6 8 9 kPa (6,89 bar) ( 1 0 0 psi)" side of t h e c h a r g i n g tool.

Figure 319

P-61820

Block up the b r e a k e r so the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 6 ] is


not u n d e r p r e s s u r e a n d is not in contact with the n i t r o g e n
chamber.

Figure 317

Install the c h a r g i n g tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 9 ] o n the


breaker.

R e m o v e the c a p (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 1 9 ] f r o m t h e c h a r g i n g
tool.

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 7 ] .

N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1 ) [ F i g u r e 3 1 7 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r before
removing.

163 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D) LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd) Lubrication Locations

Charging The Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)

Figure 320
A WARNING
AVOID B U R N INJURY
B r e a k e r t o o l c a n be h o t after u s e . Let b r e a k e r t o o l
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.
W-2204-0905

Put the b r e a k e r in the horizontal position.

Fully lower the b r e a k e r to the g r o u n d a n d stop the


engine.

F i g u r e 322

P-61822A

C o n n e c t the nitrogen h o s e (Item 1) to the c h a r g i n g tool


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 0 ] .

Using the regulator valve o n the nitrogen tank, slowly fill


the c h a m b e r to the 3 1 9 9 kPa (32 bar) (464 psi).

C i ó s e the valve o n the nitrogen tank.

D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e a n d c h a r g i n g tool.

F i g u r e 321

U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to t u r n the retainer


b a n d (Item 2) until the g r e a s e fitting (Item 3) is
a c c e s s i b l e . P u s h the tool (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 3 2 2 ] fully into
the breaker.

N O T E : Do not use an electric or p n e u m a t i c grease


gun. Over greasing may damage the seal.

NOTE: Failure to p u s h the tool up inside the breaker


before greasing may cause seal damage.

A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6 p u m p s ) to the u p p e r e n d of t h e tool at
P-61816
the g r e a s e fitting (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 2 2 ] e v e r y 4 h o u r s of
o p e r a t i o n or s o o n e r if the tool looks dry.
N O T E : I n s p e c t t h e O - r i n g o n t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e
3 2 1 ] f o r d a m a g e . R e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .

Install a n d tighten the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 1 ] .

T i g h t e n the plug to 37 N«m (27 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

164 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT (CONT'D) NOTE: Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.
Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
Lubrication Locations (Cont'd) r e d u c e t h e life o f t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

A l w a y s use a g o o d quality lithium b a s e multipurpose Rotate the retainer b a n d to t h e c l o s e d position after


g r e a s e w h e n lubricating the a t t a c h m e n t . greasing.

If the tool is not g r e a s e d at r e c o m m e n d e d intervals, tool


a n d b u s h i n g w e a r will occur.

F i g u r e 323
IMPORTANT
External Retaining Band Underwater use of the breaker will cause internal
damage. No portion of t h e breaker may be
submerged.
I-2053-0589

U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to t u r n the retainer


b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 3 ] until t h e g r e a s e fitting is
c o v e r e d to k e e p out c o n t a m i n a t i o n .

Figure 324

Internal Retaining B a n d

Rotate the tool pin retainer b a n d to a c c e s s the g r e a s e


fitting.

A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6 p u m p s ) to the g r e a s e fitting (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 3 2 4 ] e v e r y 4 h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n or s o o n e r if the
tool looks dry.

165 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL A N D INSTALLATION OF T O O L F i g u r e 326

Procedure (External Retaining Band)

Tool Removal For Earlier Breaker Models

N O T E : For later breaker m o d e l s (See T o o ! R e m o v a l


F o r L a t e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 168.)

A WARNING
AVOID BURN INJURY
Breaker t o o l can be hot after use. Let breaker tool
P-61732
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.
W-2204-0905
Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 6 ] .

Figure 325
Figure 327

R a i s e a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] the front of the


Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) 9 0 ° to e x p a n d the
breaker.
b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 7 ] .

Pulí the tool (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] out a s far as possible.


Figure 328
(This will help to hold the tool retaining pin in place w h e n
the retainer is repositioned.)

P l a c e a piece of c a r d b o a r d or a s h o p t o w e l (Item 3)
[ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] u n d e r the breaker for the tool retaining pin
to land o n . This will keep the pin f r o m being
c o n t a m i n a t e d if it falls on the g r o u n d .

M o v e the b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 8 ] forward as s h o w n .

166 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL A N D INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) F i g u r e 331

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Tool Removal For Earlier Breaker Models (Cont'd)

F i g u r e 329

NOTE: Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt when hot and
r e d u c e t h e life o f t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

R e m o v e the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 0 ] .

167 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) Figure 334

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Tool Removal For Later Breaker Models

N O T E : For early b r e a k e r m o d e l s (See T o o l R e m o v a l


F o r E a r l i e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 166.)

NOTE: Later breaker m o d e l s c a n be identified by the


t w o b a n d r e t a i n e r s that are l o c a t e d o n e a c h
s i d e s of t h e b a n d .

A WARNING
AVOID B U R N INJURY Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 4 ] .
Breaker t o o l c a n be hot after u s e . Let breaker tool
c o o l or use g l o v e s w h e n h a n d l i n g tool. F i g u r e 335
W-2204-0905

Figure 333

Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) 9 0 ° to e x p a n d t h e


P-63761A
b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 3 5 ] .

Raise a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] the front of the


breaker.

Pulí the tool (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] out as far as possible.


(This will help to hold the tool retaining pin in place w h e n
the retainer is repositioned.)

Place a piece of c a r d b o a r d or a s h o p towel (Item 3)


[ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] u n d e r the b r e a k e r for the tool retaining pin
to land o n . This will keep the pin f r o m being
c o n t a m i n a t e d if it falls o n the g r o u n d .

168 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) Figure 338

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Tool Removal For Later Breaker Models (Cont'd)

Figure 336

A p p l y g r e a s e to the top section of the tool [ F i g u r e 3 3 8 ] .

Figure 339

Rotate the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d the b a n d (Item


2) until the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 6 ] is
u n d e r the breaker.

T h e tool retainer pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 3 6 ] will d r o p out of


the b o t t o m of the breaker.

Figure 337

P-61728

A p p l y g r e a s e to the inside d i a m e t e r of the lower b u s h i n g


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 9 ] .

NOTE: Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e the life of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

T h e b r e a k e r tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 7 ] c a n now be


r e m o v e d f r o m the breaker by pulling out o n the tool.

169 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) F i g u r e 342

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Tool Installation For Earlier Breaker Models

N O T E : For later b r e a k e r m o d e l s (See T o o l I n s t a l l a t i o n


F o r L a t e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 171.)

Figure 340

P-61729

Inspect the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 2 ] for


w e a r or d a m a g e before installation. To inspect pin
d i a m e t e r ( S e e W e e k l y Inspection on P a g e 156.)

Figure 343

P-61730

Install the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 0 ] ¡n the breaker.

Figure 341

P-61736

Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d t u r n 9 0 ° to


e x p a n d the b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 4 3 ] .

A l i g n t h e notch ¡n the tool with the hole (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 4 1 ] in the h o u s i n g .

170 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


I
Figure 346
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Installation For Earlier Breaker Models (Cont'd)

Figure 344

Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 6 ] 90° a n d


r e m o v e the m a i n t e n a n c e t o o l . Turn t h e b a n d s o that the
g r e a s e fitting a n d the retainer pin a r e not e x p o s e d .

Tool Installation For Later Breaker Models

Install the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 4 ] . NOTE: For earlier breaker models (See Tool
Installation For Earlier Breaker Models on
N O T E : Pulí t h e t o o l o u t w a r d t o h e l p h o l d t h e r e t a i n e r P a g e 170.)
pin in place w h e n reinstalling the b a n d .
Figure 347
F i g u r e 345

Install the b r e a k e r tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 7 ] into the


M o v e the b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 5 ] b a c k over the tool
breaker.
retainer pin.

171 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) Figure 350

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Tool Installation For Later Breaker Models (Cont'd)

Figure 348

Install t h e tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 0 ] . T h e


b r e a k e r tool m a y n e e d to be rotated so t h e retainer pin
will install correctly into the breaker a n d b r e a k e r t o o l .

F i g u r e 351

Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d rotate the b a n d


(Item 2) until the tool retainer pin hole (Item 3) [ F i g u r e
3 4 8 ] is visible at the t o p of the breaker.

Figure 349

R o t a t e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d b a n d (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 3 5 1 ] so the slot ¡n the b a n d is not directly over
t h e tool retainer p i n .
P-61729

Inspect the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 9 ] for


w e a r or d a m a g e before installation. To inspect pin
d i a m e t e r (See W e e k l y Inspection o n P a g e 156.)

172 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd) A WARNING


Tool Installation For Later Breaker Models (Cont'd)
AVOID BURN INJURY
Breaker t o o l c a n be h o t after u s e . Let b r e a k e r t o o l
F i g u r e 352
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.
W-2204-0905

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:
• W h e n fluids are under pressure.
• F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o ó s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
• E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
• Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

R o t a t e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 2 ] 90°


Figure 354
a n d r e m o v e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool.

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band)

Removing The Tool

H¡l|
F i g u r e 353 " \- ,11-n,,,, i,,,,, , i

b P-84989

T h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 4 ] that is


supplied with the b r e a k e r will be u s e d to r e m o v e the tool
retainer p i n . (If this tool is not available, a fíat b l a d e s c r e w
P-72416A driver c a n be used.)

R a i s e a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 3 ] the front of the


breaker.

173 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) Figure 357

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Removing The Tool (Cont'd)

Figure 355

C o n t i n u é using t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to rotate


t h e retainer b a n d until the tool retainer pin (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 3 5 7 ] is e x p o s e d .

Figure 358

Insert t h e tip of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 5 ] b e t w e e n


the b r e a k e r f r a m e a n d the tool retainer b a n d . U s e the tool
to rotate the retainer b a n d inside the b r e a k e r f r a m e .

Figure 356

P-84990

Insert a s c r e w driver or p u n c h (Item 1) t h r o u g h t h e


a c c e s s hole o n t h e b o t t o m of the f r a m e a n d p u s h the tool
retaining pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 5 8 ] up a n d r e m o v e t h e
retaining pin.

Insert t h e e n d of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 6 ] . Lift up o n


the tool to allow the tab o n the e n d of the r e t a i n e r b a n d to
g o u n d e r the f r a m e o p e n i n g .

NOTE: Keep tool retaining c o m p o n e n t s and tool


b u s h i n g s free of dirt a n d d e b r i s .

174 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) F i g u r e 361

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Removing The Tool (Cont'd)

Figure 359

Install the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 1 ] in the breaker.

Figure 362

Using a lifting device, r e m o v e the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


359].

Installing The Tool

Figure 360

Install the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 2 ] in the


breaker. T h e tool m a y n e e d to be rotated for the pin to fit
properly.

P-72375

NOTE: Keep tool retaining c o m p o n e n t s and tool


b u s h i n g s free of dirt a n d d e b r i s .

A p p l y g r e a s e to the t o p s e c t i o n of the tool (Item 1)


[Figure 360].

NOTE: Use a g o o d q u a l i t y l i t h i u m based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e t h e life of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

175 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D) Figure 365

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)

Installing The Tool (Cont'd)

Figure 363

U s i n g the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 5 ] , p r e s s


the t a n g of the retaining b a n d so that it is p u s h e d u n d e r
the b r e a k e r f r a m e .

P-84985
Figure 366

Using the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 3 ] , rotate


the retainer b a n d to cióse t h e o p e n i n g .

Figure 364

C o n t i n u é to rotate the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 6 6 ] until it is in the fully c l o s e d p o s i t i o n .

NOTE: Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e t h e l i f e of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

NOTE: Do not use an electric or p n e u m a t i c grease


gun. Over greasing may d a m a g e the seal.

NOTE: Failure to p u s h the tool up inside the breaker


before greasing may cause seal damage.

P u s h the tool in as far a s possible. A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6


p u m p s ) at the g r e a s e fitting (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 3 6 4 ] .

176 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


ATTACHMENT STORAGE A N D RETURN TO SERVICE Return To Service

Storage After t h e B o b c a t a t t a c h m e n t has b e e n in s t o r a g e , it is


n e c e s s a r y to follow a list of items to return the
S o m e t i m e s it m a y be n e c e s s a r y to s t o r e y o u r B o b c a t
a t t a c h m e n t to s e r v i c e .
a t t a c h m e n t for a n e x t e n d e d p e r i o d of t i m e . B e l o w is a list
of i t e m s to p e r f o r m before s t o r a g e .
• Be s u r e all shields a n d g u a r d s a r e in p l a c e .

• T h o r o u g h l y clean the a t t a c h m e n t .
• Lubrícate the a t t a c h m e n t .
• Lubrícate the a t t a c h m e n t .
• Install a n d o p é r a t e a t t a c h m e n t , c h e c k for correct
• Inspect the Bob-Tach w e d g e m o u n t s , m o u n t i n g f l a n g e function.
a n d all w e l d s o n the a t t a c h m e n t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
• C h e c k for leaks. R e p a i r a s n e e d e d .
• Check for loóse hardware, missing guards, or
d a m a g e d parts.

• R e p l a c e w o r n or d a m a g e d parts.

• C h e c k for d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g d e c a l s . R e p l a c e if
necessary.

• Place t h e a t t a c h m e n t in a dry p r o t e c t e d shelter.

P l a c e the a t t a c h m e n t fíat o n t h e g r o u n d .

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment on planks or b l o c k s before
removing the attachment from the machine.

Always relieve the hydraulic pressure when


d i s c o n n e c t i n g the b r e a k e r f r o m the m a c h i n e . P l u g the
b r e a k e r hydraulic ports w h e n in s t o r a g e . If e q u i p p e d with
h o s e s , install c a p s on the h o s e s . If e q u i p p e d with
c o u p l e r s , c o n n e c t the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to k e e p t h e m
clean.

If storing for six m o n t h s or longer, r e m o v e the tool a n d


t h o r o u g h l y g r e a s e the pistón a n d lower b u s h i n g to
prevent c o r r o s i ó n . Reinstall the tool a n d store t h e b r e a k e r
in t h e vertical p o s i t i o n , with the tool installed into a
h o l d i n g fixture. T h e w e i g h t of the b r e a k e r o n t h e tool
retracts the p i s t ó n w h i c h r e d u c e s the possibility of pistón
c o r r o s i ó n . S t o r i n g vertical prevenís any side l o a d i n g of
the pistón seal a n d i n c r e a s e s the seal s e r v i c e life. C h e c k
the nitrogen c h a r g e before using the breaker.

If t h e b r e a k e r is s t o r e d in a highly c o r r o s i v e e n v i r o n m e n t ,
has high h u m i d i t y or a c o a s t a l location, g r e a s e a n d store
t h e b r e a k e r a s r e c o m m e n d e d a b o v e if t h e s t o r a g e p e r i o d
is over thirty d a y s .

If t h e b r e a k e r m u s t be s t o r e d in the horizontal p o s i t i o n ,
r e m o v e t h e tool a n d t h o r o u g h l y g r e a s e the pistón a n d
lower b u s h i n g to prevent c o r r o s i ó n . C a p or c o v e r the
o p e n i n g . Reinstall the tool only w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is g o i n g
to be u s e d .

177 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS


181
Warning (6701391)
181
Warning (7112677)
182
Warning (7112678)
183

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS

W a r n i n g (6701391)

A WARNING
DO NOT ENTER OR
EXITONTHIS SIDE.
You could slip, trip or fall and become
seriously injured.

67172 SW 6701391B e n U S

A ADVERTENCIA
NO SALGA 0 ENTRE
J™
*^ cü ^tr l—Cü) »
Podría resbalarse, tropezarse o caer y
lesionarse seriamente.

67172 SW 6701391B e s A R

ikAVERTISSEMENT
N'ENTREZ PAS DE CE CÓTÉ
ET N'EN SORTEZ PAS
NON PLUS.
Vous pourriez glisser, trébucher ou tomber
et gravement vous blesser.

67172 SW 6701391B f r C A

181 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT'D)

W a r n i n g (7112677)

A WARNING i k ADVERTENCIA J^AVERTtSSEMENT

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH EVITE LESIONES RISQUE DE BLESSURE


O ACCIDENTES FATALES OU DE MORT

• Operator and bystanders


• L'utilisateur et les spectateurs
must wear goggles, hard • El o p e r a d o r y l o s t r a n s e ú n t e s doivent porter des lunettes de
hat a n d noise protection d e b e n portar lentes d e sécurité, un casque de chantier
w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is i n seguridad, casco duro y et une protection contre le bruit
operation. protectores auditivos cuando iorsque le rnarteau de démohtion
el m a r t i l l o h i d r á u l i c o e s t á est en marche.
en uso.

• S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit • Le nécessaire pour


• L a c a b i n a d e b e u t i l i z a r el kit
must be used on the cab applications spéciales doit
de aplicaciones especiales
w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is étre installé dans la cabine
c u a n d o el m a r t i l l o h i d r á u l i c o
mounted on the Bob-Tach Iorsque le rnarteau de
e s t á m o n t a d o e n el B o b - T a c h
a n d u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s démolition est monté sur la
y se utiliza en aplicaciones
w h e r e F A L L I N G d e b r i s is Bob-Tach et est utilisé la oü ¡I
d o n d e hay e s c o m b r o s QUE y a des CHUTES de débris.
present.
CAEN presentes.

• L e a y e n t i e n d a el m a n u a l d e • Lisez et comprenez le manuel


• Read and understand the
operación y mantenimiento d'utilisation et d'entretien
Operation & Maintenance
antes de usar o dar servicio avant d'utiliser le rnarteau de
manual before operating
démolition ou d'y taire de
o r s e r v i c i n g the breaker. al m a r t i l l o h i d r á u l i c o . P o r t e
l'entretien.
Wear goggles when lentes d e seguridad c uando
Portez des lunettes de sécurité
servicing. d é s e r v i c i o a la m á q u i n a .
lors de l'entretien.
6185? SW 7112677 OiAR 61852 SW 7112877 frCA

182 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT'D)

W a r n i n g (7112678)

A
A WARNING A ADVERTENCIA
AVOID BURNS EVITE Q U E M A D U R A S
La punta de la herramienta puede estar
Tool t i p m a y be hot after o p e r a t i n g . caliente después de usarse.
Use g l o v e s w h e n w o r k i n g w i t h t o o l . Utilice guantes cuando trabaje con la
herramienta.

SERVICE SCHEDULE PROGRAMA DE


MANTENIMIENTO
ENGRASE
GREASE

i
ENTRE 5 Y 6 B O M B A S
5 TO 6 PUMPS
E M P U J E LA CADA 4 HORAS.
EVERY 4 H O U R S .
HERRAMIENTA
P U S H T O O L IN
HACIA ADENTRO
BEFORE
A N T E S DE
GREASING.
ENGRASARLA.

61852 SW 7112678 esAR

AAVERTISSEMENT
^ A (KKWm
DANGER DE BRÜLURE
La pointe de t'outil peut étre chaude aprés l'utílisation.
Portez des gants Iorsque vous travaillez sur cet outjl.

PROGRAMME
D'ENTRETIEN
5Á6COUP5
DE POMPE TOUTES
LES 4 HEURES.
ENFONCEZ
L'OUTIL AVANT
DEGRAISSER.

S W 7 1 ! 2 6 7 8 frCA

183 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


SPECIFICATIONS

(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS 187


Dimensions 187
Performance 187
Hydraulic System 187

(HB680) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS 188


Dimensions 188
Performance 188
Hydraulic System 188

(HB880) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS 189


Dimensions 189
Performance 189
Hydraulic System 189

(HB980) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS 190


Dimensions 190
Performance 190
Hydraulic System 190

(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS 191


Dimensions 191
Performance 191
Hydraulic System 191

185 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

• W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t notice.

O
200 m m
(7.87 in)

P-96765

Performance

Breaker Weight 5 8 kg ( 1 2 7 Ib)

Blow Rate

Soft G r o u n d 1120 bpm

Hard Ground 1290 b p m


Operating Pressure 1 2 0 6 5 kPa ( 1 2 0 , 6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure 1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)


Impact Class 0 , 2 6 6 kN (60 Ibf)
C I M A Energy Rating 0,262 kN (59 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure 3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r 3 7 m m (1.46 in)


Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h 2 6 9 m m (10.6 in)

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Flow 1 3 - 2 3 L/min ( 3 . 4 - 6 . 1 U.S. g p m )

187 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


(HB680) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

• W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d ISO s t a n d a r d s a n d a r e s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

I
280 m m
(11.02 in)

A
400 m m
( 1 5 . 7 5 in)

P-96768

Performance

Breaker Weight 127 kg (281 Ib)

Blow Rate

Soft G r o u n d 7 8 0 - 1220 b p m

Hard Ground 8 6 0 - 1340 b p m

Operating Pressure 1 2 0 6 5 kPa ( 1 2 0 , 6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure 1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class 0,667 k N ( 1 5 0 Ibf)

C I M A Energy R a t i n g 0 , 6 3 6 k N ( 1 4 3 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure 3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r 55,1 m m (2.17 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h 3 3 0 m m (13.0 in)

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Flow 2 5 - 50 L/min (6.6 - 13.2 U.S. g p m )

188 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


(HB880) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

• W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t notice.

1187,8 m m
(46.76 in)

P-96769

Performance

Breaker Weight 194 kg (427 Ib)

Blow Rate

Soft G r o u n d 7 5 5 - 1150 b p m

Hard Ground 8 6 0 - 1310 b p m

Operating Pressure 1 2 0 6 5 kPa (120,6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure 1 4 8 2 3 kPa (148 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)


Impact Class 1,334 kN (300 Ibf)

C I M A Energy R a t i n g 0 , 9 2 0 k N (207 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure 3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r 65 m m (2.56 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h 3 3 0 m m (13.0 in)

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Flow 3 0 - 65 L/min (7.9 - 1 7 . 2 U.S. g p m )

189 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


(HB980) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

• W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , specifications c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d a r e s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

450 m m
(17.72 i n )

P-96770

Performance

Breaker Weight 2 2 8 kg (502 Ib)

Blow Rate
Soft G r o u n d 8 5 5 - 1060 b p m

Hard Ground 1170 - 1450 b p m

Operating Pressure 1 2 0 6 5 kPa (120,6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure 1 4 8 2 3 kPa (148 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact C l a s s 2,224 k N ( 5 0 0 Ibf)


C I M A Energy Rating 1,254 kN (282 Ibf)

Nitrogen C h a r g e P r e s s u r e 3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r 72,1 m m (2.84 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h 3 5 6 m m (14.0 in)

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Flow 4 5 - 80 L/min ( 1 1 . 9 - 21.1 U.S. g p m )

190 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

• W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , specifications c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

1388,5 m m
(54.67 in)

P-96771

Performance

Breaker Weight 2 9 9 kg ( 6 5 9 Ib)

B l o w Rate
Soft G r o u n d 680 - 1070 b p m

Hard Ground 8 2 0 - 1280 b p m

Operating Pressure 1 2 7 5 5 k P a (127,5 bar) ( 1 8 5 0 psi)

System Pressure 1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class 3,336 kN ( 7 5 0 Ibf)


C I M A E n e r g y Rating 1,708 kN ( 3 8 4 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure 3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) ( 4 6 5 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r 85 m m (3.03 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h 4 0 6 m m (16.0 in)

Hydraulic System

H y d r a u l i c Flow 55 - 100 L/min (14.5 - 2 6 . 4 U.S. g p m )

191 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


WARRANTY

WARRANTY
Bobcat Attachments

B o b c a t C o m p a n y w a r r a n t s t o its a u t h o r i z e d dealers a n d a u t h o r i z e d dealers of B o b c a t E q u i p m e n t Ltd.,


w h o in t u r n w a r r a n t t o t h e o r i g i n a l o w n e r , t h a t e a c h n e w B o b c a t a t t a c h m e n t w i l l be f r e e f r o m p r o v e n
d e f e c t s i n m a t e r i a l a n d w o r k m a n s h i p f o r t w e l v e (12) m o n t h s a f t e r d e l i v e r y b y t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t
dealer t o t h e o r i g i n a l buyer.

D u r i n g t h e w a r r a n t y p e r i o d , t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r s h a l l r e p a i r o r r e p l a c e , at B o b c a t C o m p a n y ' s
o p t i o n , w i t h o u t c h a r g e for parts a n d labor, any part of the B o b c a t p r o d u c t w h i c h fails b e c a u s e of
d e f e c t s in m a t e r i a l or w o r k m a n s h i p . T h e o w n e r s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r w i t h p r o m p t
w r i t t e n n o t i c e of t h e defect a n d a l l o w r e a s o n a b l e t i m e for r e p l a c e m e n t or repair. B o b c a t C o m p a n y may,
at its o p t i o n , r e q u i r e failed p a r t s to be r e t u r n e d to the factory. Travel t i m e of m e c h a n i c s a n d
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n of t h e B o b c a t p r o d u c t t o t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r f o r w a r r a n t y w o r k a r e t h e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e o w n e r . T h e r e m e d i e s p r o v i d e d in t h i s w a r r a n t y are e x c l u s i v e .

T h i s w a r r a n t y d o e s not cover r e p l a c e m e n t of s c h e d u l e d s e r v i c e i t e m s a n d h i g h w e a r i t e m s . The o w n e r


s h a l l r e l y s o l e l y o n t h e w a r r a n t y , if a n y , o f t h e r e s p e c t i v e m a n u f a c t u r e r s t h e r e o f . T h i s w a r r a n t y d o e s n o t
cover d a m a g e s r e s u l t i n g f r o m a b u s e , a c c i d e n t s , alterations, use of the B o b c a t p r o d u c t as an
a t t a c h m e n t o n any e q u i p m e n t n o t a p p r o v e d by B o b c a t C o m p a n y , air f l o w o b s t r u c t i o n s , or failure to
m a i n t a i n o r u s e t h e B o b c a t p r o d u c t a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s a p p l i c a b l e t o it.

T H I S W A R R A N T Y IS E X C L U S I V E A N D IN L I E U O F A L L O T H E R W A R R A N T I E S A N D C O N D I T I O N S ,
EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS A L L OTHER WARRANTIES AND
C O N D I T I O N S , E X P R E S S OR IMPLIED, I N C L U D I N G A N Y IMPLIED W A R R A N T I E S OR C O N D I T I O N S O F
M E R C H A N T A B I L I T Y O R F I T N E S S F O R A P A R T I C U L A R P U R P O S E . IN N O E V E N T S H A L L B O B C A T
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED B O B C A T D E A L E R BE L I A B L E FOR A N Y S P E C I A L , INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT OR C O N S E Q U E N T I A L D A M A G E S , W H A T S O E V E R , I N C L U D I N G , B U T NOT L I M I T E D TO, L O S S
OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, W H E T H E R B A S E D
ON CONTRACT, W A R R A N T Y , TORT, N E G L I G E N C E , STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE,
E V E N IF B O B C A T C O M P A N Y O R T H E A U T H O R I Z E D B O B C A T D E A L E R H A S B E E N A D V I S E D O F T H E
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY A N D THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT A N D SERVICES FURNISHED
HEREUNDER S H A L L NOT EXCEED T H E P U R C H A S E PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON W H I C H S U C H
L I A B I L I T Y IS B A S E D .

6570124 (2-09)
Bobcat Printed in U.S.A.

195 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


ALPHABETICAL INDEX

(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT AND


SPECIFICATIONS 191 MACHINE ON A TRAILER 148
(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT ON A
SPECIFICATIONS 187 TRAILER 146
(HB680) HYDRAULIC BREAKER TROUBLESHOOTING 153
SPECIFICATIONS 188 WARRANTY 195
(HB880) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS 189
(HB980) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS 190
ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION 17
ATTACHMENT SIGNS (DECALS) 30
ATTACHMENT STORAGE AND RETURN TO
SERVICE 177
BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED
13
DAILY INSPECTION 47
DELIVERY REPORT 16
FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES 19
FIRE PREVENTION 27
INITIAL SETUP 33
LIFTING THE ATTACHMENT 144
LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT 164
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS 181
MAINTENANCE SAFETY 151
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH
EXCAVATORS 73
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADER
BACKHOES 126
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS
50
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH MINI
LOADERS 113
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS 1
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS 3
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS 5
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS 7
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
RESOURCES 29
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS 156
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL 166
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 25
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION 15
SERVICE SCHEDULE 155

197 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual


W* Bobcat

198 HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

You might also like